Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

51st Annual Convention; Washington DC; 2025

Program by Continuing Education Events: Monday, May 26, 2025


 

Symposium #343
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Measurement of Clinical Quality and Client Outcomes
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers)
Discussant: Nanette Pfeiffer (Sevita)
CE Instructor: Christina Barosky, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As the number of the newly certified behavior analysts increases each year (BACB, 2024), it has become one of the critical elements for the applied behavior analysis (ABA) organizations to ensure the clinical quality of the services and the clients are making the appropriate amount of progress. In order to keep up with the needs of clinicians to serve the clients, maximizing the training platforms while monitoring the outcome data has been key to success for the organizations. The important questions are 1) how we should set the clinical standards by operationally defining the quality services and 2) how to measure them. The leaders of the organizations must also identify the steps to address the issues by developing remedial plans based on the outcome data. This identification process must be completed efficiently in a timely fashion. Within the presentation, the process of setting the clinical standards and methods to collect data of the clinical outcomes will be reviewed. Additionally, the presenters will discuss the results of the interventions and changes to improve the outcome data.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Outcomes, Quality Assurance, Service Delivery
Target Audience:

The audience should have basic knowledge of behavior analytic practice, autism services and measurement of client outcomes.

Learning Objectives: 1. identify the steps to develop clinical quality standards
2. identify some potential solutions to improve outcome data
3. measure the clinical outcome data
 
Measuring Success: The Role of Data in Applied Behavior Analysis Quality Control
JESSICA HEWETSON GRUBER (The Place for Children with Autism, The Chicago School), Olivia Banks (The Place for Children with Autism)
Abstract: The applied behavior analysis (ABA) industry continues to face challenges related to inconsistent quality control, with many organizations making claims of delivering high-quality services without the support of concrete data. This lack of data jeopardizes not only staff performance and client outcomes but also the credibility of the field. Data-driven decision-making is critical to overcoming these issues, enabling organizations to measure and improve both staff performance and learner success. At the heart of what we do is ensuring better outcomes for learners, and this is achieved through systematic evaluation and improvement. In this session, we will explore how an organization operating 17 clinics, serving roughly 300 clients, and employing 50 behavior analysts implements data-driven quality standards. A key focus will be on the use of an organizational behavior management (OBM) system to measure and shape staff performance. By leveraging data, we will demonstrate how this approach enhances service quality and directly impacts learner success, ensuring that high-quality care is continuously delivered.
 

Establishing Collaboration Between Clinical Training and Quality Assurance Teams to Improve Client Outcomes

FUMI HORNER (Bierman Autism Centers), Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Wellesley Public Schools)
Abstract:

In recent years, there has been an increased number of training variations available to each level of clinicians. Balancing the immediate needs for the clinicians to start working with the clients and ensuring those individuals are competent to perform their tasks while reducing the burnout has always posed some challenges. As improving staff retention while maintaining clinical quality remains an important aspect of successful ABA organizations, investigating the training intervention efficacy, social validity of those interventions, and client outcomes must be closely monitored together. During the present study, the training objectives and methods were clearly outlined and training outcome data were collected to monitor the effectiveness. Additionally the steps to establish the clinical standards and outcome measurement system will be reviewed. The collaboration with the quality assurance team played a critical role to ensure the quality services across the organization. The presenters will discuss the implications and limitations of the current training interventions for the various levels of clinicians.

 
 
Panel #344
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Navigating Success: The Impact of Mentorship in Professional Growth
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D.
Chair: SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
KATHARINE M. CROCE (Holy Family University)
CHRISTOPHER MANENTE (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
KRISTIN VESPE (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia)
Abstract: As of July 2024, there are approximately 70,000 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), nearly half of whom are under the age of 35 (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2024). Early-career behavior analysts often face a lack of sufficient support from their professional community, contributing to job dissatisfaction and burnout. Research highlights that insufficient professional support is a key predictor of both burnout and job satisfaction (Plantiveau et al., 2018). Given these challenges, building a strong network of mentors is essential for long-term career success. However, many behavior analysts may be unsure of how to establish these valuable relationships. This panel discussion will feature behavior analysts at various career stages who will explore the importance of quality mentorship, share strategies for building professional networks, and discuss how these relationships have enhanced their competencies and positively influenced their practice. Behavior Analyst Certification Board. (n.d). BACB certificant data. Retrieved from https://www.bacb.com/BACB-certificant-data. Plantiveau, C., Dounavi, K., & Virués-Ortega, J. (2018). High levels of burnout among early-career board-certified behavior analysts with low collegial support in the work environment. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 19(2), 195-207.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Early career behavior analysts in search of supervision and mentorship.
Learning Objectives: 1. • Explore Mentorship's Role in Career Development: Attendees will learn how building mentor relationships can help BCBAs enhance their skills, reduce burnout, and achieve career success.
2. • Highlight Networking Strategies: Attendees will gain insights into how to effectively leverage professional societies, social media, and conferences to build strong professional networks.
3. • Provide Practical Guidance for Early-Career BCBAs: Panelists will offer actionable advice for newer BCBAs on expanding their competencies and enhancing job satisfaction through mentorship and networking.
Keyword(s): early career, mentorship, professional development
 
 
Symposium #345
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Exploring the Clinical Utility of Indices of Happiness and Unhappiness as Quality-of-Life Indicators
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Devon Ramey (Queen's University Belfast)
Discussant: Kerri L. Milyko (Centria Healthcare)
CE Instructor: Devon Ramey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A central goal of behavior analytic services for individuals with autism and developmental disabilities is improving their overall quality of life and well-being. One of the most basic aspects of quality of life (QoL) is individual enjoyment, joy, or happiness (Carr, 2007). Monitoring happiness has important implications in practice. Taking the time to understand what makes one happy may help foster trust and improve relationships (Gover et al., 2022), facilitate the identification of effective reinforcers, support assent-based practice, and provide a key measure for evaluating and advancing programming (Green & Reid, 1996). Although idiosyncratic indices of happiness (IOH) and unhappiness have been accepted as valid and reliable assessment of QoL, a limited number of studies have focused on enhancing or measuring IOH within the autism community. In this symposium we describe a methodology for identifying, measuring, and validating IOH and discuss ways these data can be used to guide clinical practice.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Assent, Indices-of-Happiness, Quality-of-Life, Self Determination
Target Audience:

The target audience includes clinicians, researchers, and practitioners in ABA interested in enhancing quality of life and promoting client assent through person-centered, ethical, and evidence-based practices.

Learning Objectives: 1. describe a method for identifying and measuring indices of happiness
2. describe at least 1 method for validating indices of happiness
3. describe the limitations to utilizing indices of happiness in assent-based practice
 
Validating Indices of Happiness and Unhappiness of Autistic Children Through Physiological Measures
DEVON RAMEY (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract: By identifying and validating individualized indices of happiness and unhappiness in autistic children, behavior analysts can adopt a more objective approach to assessing the quality of life (QoL) of these children and the social validity of their interventions. Yet despite their potential utility, the validity of such indices for measuring mood is debated because emotions are considered private events. Therefore, this study sought to validate the individualized indices of happiness and unhappiness of young autistic children using physiological measures. This study replicated procedures from Ramey et al. (2023) and Parsons et al. (2012), with the addition of a control condition and the use of electrodermal activity as a metric. Preliminary findings suggest that indices of happiness are valid measures of happiness for autistic children, while more intense indices of unhappiness are better indicators of unhappiness or distress. The final results will be presented at the conference and the implications of these findings will be discussed in relation to assent, social validity, and QoL.
 
Utilizing Idiosyncratic Indices of Happiness in Clinical Decision-Making: Training Behavior Technicians for Responsive Care
Kristin Hustyi (LittleStar ABA Therapy), AMBER L. MANDLER (Centria Autism Services), Molly Dubuque (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
Abstract: Since the addition of assent in the BACB’s Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts in 2022, many researchers and practitioners have explored various ways to incorporate assent into service delivery. However, the nuance required to identify the behaviors associated with assent and assent withdrawal may serve as a barrier within the tiered-service delivery model employed by many organizations. Indices of happiness (IOH) and unhappiness can be used to aid in discrimination of assent and assent-withdrawal behaviors across patients of all levels. In this study, we used a standard questionnaire to identify idiosyncratic topographies of behavior associated with patient happiness and unhappiness and developed individualized operational definitions for four participants (Ramey et al., 2023). We validated IOH using procedures reported by Parsons and colleagues (2012). We then trained behavior technicians to use a decision-making rubric to respond appropriately based on the patient's mood and analyzed the impact of this procedure on IOH, learning opportunities delivered, and rate of target behaviors, as well as technician social validity. Strengths and limitations will be discussed along with a discussion of the value of happiness as a direct measure of quality of life during ABA treatment.
 
 
Symposium #346
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Advances in Interprofessional Collaboration: A Call for Training and Clinical Practice
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lori E. Mastrogiacomo (Endicott College / Gold Coast Children's Center)
Discussant: Melanie Olson Giles (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Lori Mastrogiacomo, M.A.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts often work with vulnerable populations whose needs are complex and multifaceted; as such, it is usually the case that comprehensive care requires the input of professionals from several disciplines. Despite discussing the need for collaboration for many years, and the inclusion of a call for collaboration in the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2020), there is little published research investigating training skill sets necessary for collaboration and the impact of collaboration of behavior analysts with other disciplines. There are ample opportunities for collaboration within applied work, with great potential impact on learner outcomes. The purpose of this symposium is to present data on training and implementation of collaboration, as well as to provide data-based recommendations for educational and clinical applications.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): collaboration, inclusion, interprofessional
Target Audience:

-behavior technicians, Masters students, BCBA/BCBA-Ds

Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss benefits of interdisciplinary collaboration and list several ways collaboration may be improved
2. Describe how training courses for collaboration may be designed and implemented
3. State components of successful supported inclusion models
 

An Analysis of Interprofessional Practice Between Behavior Analysts and Speech-Language Pathologists

SARA MOORE SNYDER (James Madison University), Danika Pfeiffer (Old Dominion University), Heartley B. Huber (The College of William & Mary), Dannette Murray (James Madison University)
Abstract:

Interprofessional practice (IPP) is necessary to ensure assessment and interventions are designed and implemented both efficiently and effectively. We sought to investigate how Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and Speech Language Pathologists (SLPs), engage in IPP. Both professionals may provide evaluations and interventions related to communication, both in schools and community-based healthcare systems. We disseminated a survey across the United States to BCBAs and SLPs to understand how and how often they collaborate with members the other profession. We asked participants about their confidence engaging in eight sub-competencies from the four 2016 Interprofessional Education Collaborative (IPEC) core competencies for IPP. We also asked about the training they had received to engage in IPP. Participants also rated factors that support or hinder collaboration and their willingness to accept recommendations from the other professionals. Our findings indicate that both BCBAs and SLPs want further training on how to communicative effectively to designate tasks and execute treatment plans, which was the area they both reported being least confident in. SLPs identified lack of a shared philosophy as a barrier to collaborating with BCBAs. Both professionals are more likely to accept the other’s recommendation when they are already collaborating frequently. Additional findings, recommendations for practice, limitations, and areas for future research are discussed.

 
Increasing Collaboration: Instructional Modules for Students of Applied Behavior Analysis
COURTNEY KELEHER (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: Despite the benefits of interdisciplinary collaboration, behavior analysts receive little formal training on this as part of their coursework or supervised fieldwork experiences (Brodhead, 2015; Kelly & Tincani, 2013). As such, evaluating methodologies for teaching these skills to students of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is important. This study assesses the effect of asynchronous learning modules on graduate students' foundational knowledge of interdisciplinary collaboration. Students from a masters-level ABA collaboration course were given a 25-question assessment at the beginning and end of the semester. The control group received regular course content, whereas the experimental group received additional training modules addressing such topics as scope of practice for related disciplines, models of collaboration, communication skills, and conflict resolution strategies. This study utilized an AB (pre-post) design, and included a generalization probe to assess students' application of learned knowledge during a role-play interaction. Students in both groups displayed comparably low baseline levels (33% and 36%) of correct responding. After receiving the first set of training modules, a probe indicated performance in the experimental group increased to 96% correct responding. These results demonstrate an important first step into empirically validating a training methodology increasing collaboration skills in students of behavior analysis.
 
 
Panel #347
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Starting Strong: The Importance of Early Feeding Services on Child Development
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 140 B
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Dena Kelly, M.A.
Chair: Dena Kelly (Focused Approach)
BEN SARCIA (Verbal Beginnings)
STEPHANIE NOSTIN (SLP/BCBA)
CAROLYN BETH WITROCK (Attain ABA)
Abstract: Early intervention in pediatric feeding is vital to support healthy growth and development in children. It is estimated 80% of autistic children and 45% of neurotypical children struggle with feeding challenges. This panel, Starting Strong: The Importance of Effective Early Feeding Services in Child Development, explores the pivotal role that timely, effective feeding intervention plays in addressing feeding difficulties before they escalate. From enhancing oral motor skills and building positive food experiences to preventing inappropriate mealtime behaviors, early feeding interventions can profoundly impact a child's physical health, daily functioning, and long-term relationship with food. Our expert panel will discuss types of feeding challenges that signal the need for early services, highlighting the benefits of addressing them promptly to create a strong foundation for other areas of development. For many children, early feeding intervention doesn’t just impact nutrition or mealtime behaviors; it also supports progress in broader developmental goals, including communication, social engagement, and sensory regulation. These foundational gains can positively influence Individualized Education Program (IEP) goals, including language, fine motor skills, and adaptive behaviors. This panel includes four Board Certified Behavior Analysts—three dedicated to addressing feeding challenges (two are dual-certified SLP-BCBA and LPC-BCBA) and one who brings perspective as a parent of a child with feeding challenges. The discussion will highlight practical strategies for identifying feeding concerns in young children and examine the need for effective feeding interventions, as well as the long-term benefits of early support, including improved health trajectories and developmental progress.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: BCBAs working with children in the home, school, clinic, community. Other professionals working with young children.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to recognize and describe common feeding challenges in children, including signs that indicate the need for early intervention services.
2. Participants will understand how early feeding interventions can positively impact children's physical health, development, and progress toward broader developmental goals, including language and social engagement.
3. Participants will learn practical strategies for assessing feeding concerns in young children and gain insights into effective interdisciplinary approaches for implementing early feeding interventions in various settings.
Keyword(s): Early Intervention, Feeding Therapy, Pediatric Health, Skill Building
 
 
Invited Paper Session #351
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Why I Am a Behavior Analyst and an Advocate for Behavior Analysis (Are You?)
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: William Ahearn, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: WILLIAM AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Though behavior is a product of environmental circumstances, those environmental circumstances are complex. Skinner suggested that phylogenic, ontogenic, and socio-cultural selection interact to produce the behavior of organisms. Humans are organisms that sometimes become behavior analysts. The ontogenic and socio-cultural circumstances that led the speaker to become a behavior analyst include a variety of clinical (and personal) challenges that have shaped a perspective. This perspective remains aligned with the assumption that behavior is a product of environmental circumstances. In so far as a behavior analyst can assess (or assert) value judgments, when behavior occurs there is no blame to ascribe to the person. However, socio-cultural practices demand attributions of causality and/or assertions of blame. As a field, behavior analysis is experiencing many challenges, from society at large, small segments of society (e.g., social media groups), and from within behavior analysis. This address will examine values from the perspective of our field as they pertain to ethical practice and will consider the views of social groups outside and within behavior analysis. There will be a discussion of how clinical practice should be both sensitive to and, occasionally, insulated from social movements.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This presentation is geared towards practicing behavior analysts but anyone interested in behavior analysis may be interested.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how social practices should effect ethical practice
2. Describe how social practices should not effect ethical practice
3. Describe their obligation to critically evaluate the applied research literature as it relates to their practice as a professional
 
WILLIAM AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
William H. Ahearn, Ph.D., BCBA-D, LABA, is Director of Research at the New England Center for Children. Dr. Ahearn is currently the chair of the board that licenses behavior analysts in Massachusetts and serves as Editor-in-Chief for Behavioral Interventions. Bill’s research has received both federal and private funding. He currently serves on the Editorial Board for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and previously served on the Editorial Board for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis for about 20 years. Bill has published extensively, including on the treatment of repetitive behavior, treating pediatric feeding disorders, examining instructional strategies for play and social skills, and examining predictions of the Behavioral Momentum metaphor. Bill was named an ABAI Fellow in 2024. He was also named the 2009 American Psychological Association - Division 25 awardee for Enduring Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research (Nate Azrin award) and as the California Association for Behavior Analysis’s 2020 Outstanding Contributor. Bill is also a past-President of the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts and the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy. In addition to providing voluntary service to CASP, Bill has also volunteered for Autism Speaks, state governmental agencies overseeing services for individuals with developmental disorders, and a number of behavior analytic organizations including ABAI. Dr. Ahearn has also delivered courses in behavior analysis at Temple University, Northeastern University, Regis College, and Western New England University.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #352
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
When Eyewitness Memory Reliably Exonerates the Wrongfully Convicted
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: SCI/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marco Vasconcelos (University of Aveiro)
CE Instructor: Marco Vasconcelos, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JOHN T. WIXTED (University of California, San Diego)
Abstract: Recent insights from the basic science of memory have reshaped our understanding of the reliability of eyewitness memory. Many believe that eyewitness memory is unreliable, but a better way to think is that eyewitness memory, like other kinds of forensic evidence, can be contaminated. Because contaminated evidence yields unreliable results, the focus should be placed on testing uncontaminated memory evidence collected early in a police investigation. The recent application of theories, principles, and methods from basic science has revealed that both in the lab and in the real world, the first test of uncontaminated memory provides much more reliable information than previously thought. Moreover, and critically, this reliable but often-ignored evidence frequently points in the direction of a convicted prisoner’s innocence.
Instruction Level: Basic
 
JOHN T. WIXTED (University of California, San Diego)

John Wixted is a Distinguished Professor in the Department of Psychology at UC San Diego. He earned his Ph.D. in clinical psychology from Emory University in 1987 and has been a professor at UC San Diego ever since. His research addresses fundamental mechanisms of human memory, both in the lab and in the real world. In recent years, his work has focused on signal-detection models of recognition memory, the neuroscience of memory and amnesia, and eyewitness identification. Professionally, he has served as editor-in-chief of Psychonomic Bulletin & Review (1998-2002), and he later edited the 5-volume 4th edition of the venerable Stevens' Handbook of Experimental Psychology and Cognitive Neuroscience (2018). In 2011, he was the recipient of the Howard Crosby Warren Medal for distinction in contemporary research in experimental psychology, and in 2019 he was elected to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

 
 
Symposium #353
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Gestalt Language Processing and the Natural Language Acquisition Protocol: Considerations for Autism Intervention
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Heather J. Forbes (West Chester University)
Discussant: Francesca Degli Espinosa (ABA Clinic)
CE Instructor: Heather Forbes, Ph.D.
Abstract: In recent years, the Natural Language Acquisition (NLA) protocol (Blanc, 2012; Blanc et al., 2023) has gained widespread popularity as an approach for addressing language development of autistic children described as gestalt language processors (GLPs). Several behavior analysts have expressed interest in GLP as a unique language learning profile and have applied the NLA protocol or wished to learn more about the approach. In this symposium, presenters will discuss theoretical and practical concerns with GLP and the NLA protocol for informing language intervention for children with autism. The first presenter will describe the historical and conceptual underpinnings of GLP and NLA and the potential reasons for widespread adoption. The second presenter will discuss the kinds of evidence necessary to support claims made by GLP and NLA proponents and will critically evaluate whether claims are presently supported by high-quality evidence. The third presenter will question the plausibility of NLA practice recommendations based on current scientific research. The final presenter will suggest evidence-based language interventions to address similar goals proposed by NLA proponents.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism intervention, echolalia, GLP, NLA
Target Audience: behavior analysts, professionals providing services to autistic children, students
Learning Objectives: 1. describe the historical and theoretical foundations of gestalt language processing (GLP) and Natural Language Acquisition (NLA) frameworks
2. evaluate the validity of claims made by NLA proponents
3. identify the plausibility of NLA practice recommendations
4. identify practices informed by applied behavior analysis that should be used instead of the NLA protocol
 
History and Theoretical Background of Gestalt Language Processing and Natural Language Acquisition
(Theory)
TRACIE L. LINDBLAD (Tracie Lindblad Consulting), Sari Risen (Action Potential Services), Sophie Millon (Portland Public Schools), Heather J. Forbes (West Chester University)
Abstract: Gestalt language processing (GLP) refers to a specific profile of language learner who purportedly uses chunks of language (i.e., gestalts) before moving to single words. GLP proponents claim that using the Natural Language Acquisition (NLA) protocol helps GLP autistic children move through six stages of language development to emerge as communicators who generate novel utterances. Many behavior analysts have accepted and adopted these concepts and practices without a full understanding of their histories and implications. Although the concept of GLP is purportedly grounded in psychological and linguistic theory, the formalization of the concept as an approach to addressing language in autistic children is relatively recent. Blanc's (2012) Natural Language Acquisition on the Autism Spectrum: The Journey from Echolalia to Self-Generated Language served as a key publication that linked GLP theory to language intervention practice. A significant rise in interest and social media engagement was noted in the late 2010s and was further accelerated in the early 2020s as professional education changed to online sources during the pandemic. Understanding the history and theoretical background of GLP and NLA as well as their intersection with current-day trends paints a fuller picture of the foundation and widespread adoption of these practices among professionals.
 
Examining Claims Made by Natural Language Acquisition Proponents Through the Lens of Evidence-Based Practice
(Theory)
HEATHER J. FORBES (West Chester University), Tracie L. Lindblad (Tracie Lindblad Consulting), Sari Risen (Action Potential Services), Sophie Millon (Portland Public Schools)
Abstract: Evidence-based practice (EBP) includes the integration of high-quality external research evidence, data collected from intervention sessions, clinical expertise of the practitioner, and perspectives of clients, families, and other consumers (Higginbotham & Satchidanand, 2019; Slocum et al, 2014). All components of EBP are considered necessary for making informed decisions that prioritize the well-being and values of vulnerable individuals served. Proponents of the Natural Language Acquisition (NLA) protocol often claim to engage in EBP when providing language intervention to children with autism using a gestalt language processing (GLP) and NLA framework. In this presentation, we will evaluate through an EBP lens the claims made by NLA proponents, including but not limited to (1) GLP as an explanation for delayed echolalia, (2) the six stages of gestalt language development, and (3) the effectiveness of the NLA protocol for improving language of children with autism. We will describe the kinds of external research necessary to validate each claim and examine whether the claims are presently supported by studies that meet standards for high-quality external research evidence. Understanding the validity (or lack thereof) of NLA claims provides an important foundation for determining whether the NLA framework can inform EBP in behavior analysis.
 
Is the Natural Language Acquisition Protocol Likely to Be Effective According to Current Literature?
(Service Delivery)
SARI RISEN (Action Potential Services), Heather J. Forbes (West Chester University), Sophie Millon (Portland Public Schools), Tracie L. Lindblad (Tracie Lindblad Consulting)
Abstract: Behavior analysts (among other practitioners) have increasingly considered using the Natural Language Acquisition (NLA) protocol to support language development for children with autism. When determining whether a new practice is likely to be effective, practitioners should consider both empirical evidence supporting the practice as well as scientific plausibility. In the context of healthcare, scientific plausibility is defined as the likelihood that a hypothesis is true given existing basic and clinical science (Novella, 2010). In this presentation, we will use existing scientific research to examine the plausibility that each component of the NLA protocol might be effective in practice, against the backdrop of an absence of direct empirical support for the NLA protocol. We will first highlight components of the NLA protocol that are supported by research evidence and discuss other, well-established approaches that include the same components. Next, we will describe components that are unique to the NLA protocol and review evidence from the fields of applied behavior analysis and psycholinguistics that conflicts with the assumptions behind these practices. Ultimately, we will suggest that it is implausible that the NLA protocol will produce the proposed effects on language development for children with autism.
 
If Not the Natural Language Acquisition Protocol, Then What? Best Practices for Language Intervention
(Service Delivery)
SOPHIE MILLON (Portland Public Schools), Tracie L. Lindblad (Tracie Lindblad Consulting), Heather J. Forbes (West Chester University), Sari Risen (Action Potential Services)
Abstract: For behavior analysts working with autistic clients, language and communication are fundamental components of intervention programs. Despite its growing popularity, the Natural Language Acquisition (NLA) protocol is not grounded in high-quality research, nor does it align with the ethical standards outlined by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB, 2020). In this presentation, we will introduce attendees to a range of behavioral language interventions supported by research that demonstrate socially significant outcomes. Suggested approaches include interventions that share elements with NLA strategies as well as interventions that differ significantly in their focus on language acquisition. Interventions reviewed will include naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBI; Schreibman et al., 2015), functional communication training (FCT; Chezan et al., 2018), applied verbal behavior (Sundberg and Michael, 2001), and Pivotal Response Training (PRT; Verschuur et al., 2013). Additionally, core behavior analytic teaching techniques—such as prompting and prompt fading, errorless teaching, modeling, reinforcement systems, and incidental teaching—will be outlined in relation to their role in supporting language development. Together, these strategies offer evidence-based alternatives to the NLA protocol, ensuring ethically sound and effective language interventions.
 
 
Symposium #355
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Diversity submission Examining Diversity Across Academic Behavior Analytic Spaces
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 154 AB
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Mariah Willis-Moore (Utah State University)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Vanderbilt University)
CE Instructor: David Legaspi, M.S.
Abstract:

Diversity in practices within academic behavior analytic spaces promote a more representative and inclusive science. This symposium analyzes diversity across key behavior analytic spaces: the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB), the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), Perspectives on Behavior Science (PoBS), Behavior Analysis in Practice (BAP), and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM). The first presentation assesses the growing participation of Latina women as authors in JEAB, JABA, PoBS, and BAP. The second presentation highlights gender and geographic diversity among JOBM editors, stressing inclusivity. The third presentation explores gender and country representation among SQAB presenters, identifying improvements and ongoing challenges. The final presentation examines the underrepresentation of female non-human animals in JEAB publications, emphasizing the need for better zoographic reporting. Together, these talks address representation gaps that influence the generalizability and impact of behavior analytic research. The symposium provides practical recommendations for integrating diversity into conference presentations, journal authors, journal editorship, and participant selections. Dr. Thomas Szabo will conclude with a discussion on the broader impacts of diversity in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Authorship, diversity, Editors, speaker selection
Target Audience:

the necessary prerequisite skills and competencies the audience should have, would be to have an understanding of the terms diversity and cultural competence in behavior analytic practice. These topics will be discussed in brief during the talks, but coming in with these skills would be helpful.

Learning Objectives: 1. The audience members will be able to pinpoint approaches to contribute to diversity efforts in practice, publishing, and participant selection.
2. Attendees will be able to indicate the broader impacts of diversity and inclusivity in behavior analysis.
3. Learners will be able to identify the trend in the participation of Latina researchers in JEAB, JABA, PBS, and BAP.
 
Diversity submission Participation of Latina Women as Authors in Behavior Analytic Research
Anita Li (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University), CRISTAL CARDOSO SAO MATEUS (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: We reviewed all publications in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB), Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), Perspectives on Behavior Science (PBS), and Behavior Analysis in Practice (BAP) to identify Latina researchers. We analyzed journal articles and classified authors based on institutional affiliation—for the purpose of identifying Latina researchers—and then we separately conducted a surname analysis for confirmation. The data show an increase in the number of researchers with Latin American affiliations who have contributed to JEAB, JABA, PBS (1997–2022), and BAP (2008–2022). The increases varied across journals, with JABA and BAP having the highest number of Latina researchers among the journals reviewed. These analyses are very important because they provide data reflecting the participation of Latinas in four leading journals. We discuss implications of these data, possible barriers Latina researchers face, and highlight the continued need to support Latina researchers in the field of Behavior Analysis.
 
Diversity submission Gender and Geographic Affiliation of Editors of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (2000–2022)
Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University), LINDSAY ESSIG CROGHAN (Western Michigan University), Anita Li (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: We determined the presumed gender – based on pronouns – and geographic affiliation of the editorial boards for the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management from 2000 through 2022. Over that period, one of five editors was a woman, and all editors had a United States affiliation. Thirty-two percent of the unique associate editors and 28% of the members of the editorial board were women. All of the associate editors and 94% of the members of the editorial board had a United States affiliation. There was no trend in the percentage of women as editors or associate editors during the review period, but the percentage of women on the board of editors gradually increased over time. Our discussion focuses on the potential benefits of increasing the number of people of various genders and individuals with non-United States affiliations on the editorial staff, as well as the value of increasing its diversity in other ways.
 
Diversity submission Diversity and the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior: Analysis of Presenter Gender and Affiliation
DAVID LEGASPI (The Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network; Utah State University), Mariah Willis-Moore (Utah State University), Kiernan Callister (Utah State University), Daniel Santos Da Silva (Utah State University), Lucy Scribner (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: We examined the diversity of all speakers in invited talks at the annual Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB) conference across presenter gender from 2004 - 2024 and country of professional affiliation from 2006 to 2024. For each year, we coded the gender and institution represented of each talk to examine presenter diversity over time. The percentage of presenters who were women increased across the years coded. For example, 0% of presenters were women in 2004, but 27% of presenters were women in 2022. The percentage of women first author presentations increased from 0% in 2004 to 29% in 2022. The number of countries represented by speakers across talks decreased from seven countries in 2006 to four countries in 2022. The North American countries represented 79% of all talks between 2006 and 2022. Our findings show some aspects of presenter diversity have increased over time. We hope to inspire actions to continue strengthening our community’s diversification.
 
Diversity submission 

Female Animal Inclusivity and Zoographic Reporting in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior

KIERNAN CALLISTER (Utah State University), Mariah Willis-Moore (Utah State University), David Legaspi (The Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network; Utah State University), Lucy Scribner (Utah State University), Daniel Santos Da Silva (Utah State University), Josephine Hannah (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Zoographics, or the characteristics of non-human animal subjects, were examined in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB) up to the last complete year (1958-2023). Because females are commonly not included in research in other disciplines, animal sex in particular was evaluated to understand if this exclusionary trend extends to JEAB. Systematic coding of all non-human empirical articles within JEAB uncovered inconsistent reporting of zoographics and the disproportionate use of male over female subjects. Additionally, equal inclusion of both males and females was rare and animal sex was also commonly unreported. Although inclusion has improved in recent years of the journal, greater efforts are needed. To increase the replicability, generalizability, and translatability that suffers when female research subjects are excluded, we provide suggestions and resources to guide future research.

 
 
Symposium #357
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
The Importance of Values for Guiding Programs Serving Individuals With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Savannah Tate (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Savannah Tate, Ph.D.
Abstract:

It is well-established that providing clinical services to persons with Neurodevelopmental and related disabilities requires specialized knowledge and substantial resources. Additionally, the provision of high-quality, compassionate care in service delivery requires the establishment and ongoing guidance of foundational values. Regardless of the setting, these values should be centered around promoting the self-determination, independence, dignity, well-being, and safety of the individuals receiving services. To address this, the current symposium will include speakers representing clinical, residential, and educational settings. Presenters will discuss the values that have guided the design of their educational, clinical, or residential programs, respectively. Information about these programs will include the individuals who are served, the delivery of services, and each program’s goals regarding staff training and professional development. Finally, the discussant will review common themes and highlight shared values across programs. Also, the discussant will emphasize how a program’s mission and services are ultimately an expression of their values.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Neurodevelopmental disability, Service delivery, Values-based approaches
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium includes behavior analysts who provide services to individuals who are both diagnosed with a neurodevelopmental disorder and engage in severe challenging behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. describe some values important for programs serving those with challenging behavior
2. identify ways that service delivery should incorporate tactics to promote self-determination, independence, dignity, well-being, and safety of the individuals receiving services
3. connect the core tenets of applied behavior analysis, the BACB Code of Ethics, and values that should inform service delivery
 
Values-Based Services in the Neurobehavioral Unit Outpatient Programs
JULIA T. O'CONNOR (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kathleen Holehan (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Severe challenging behavior can result in extensive polypharmacy, restrictive settings and/or procedures with limited access to social opportunities, and extensive caregiver accommodation to try and maintain safety and decrease risk of injury. The Neurobehavioral Continuum of Care at Kennedy Krieger Institute offers inpatient and outpatient services for individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities who exhibit severe, treatment-resistant challenging behavior. Within this Continuum, the Neurobehavioral Unit - Outpatient Programs provide a range of services designed to meet the needs of these individuals, their caregivers and providers. This presentation will describe the outpatient models of care and how they have evolved over time to meet the needs of patients and families and will highlight the value driven actions relating to the functional analysis of challenging behavior and the subsequent selection of function-based treatments. For each individual, personalized treatment evolves through ongoing review and training to insure ethical, compassionate, and quality care. Prioritization of collaboration and training with key stakeholders including caregivers, school staff, and community providers will be discussed.
 
The Values-Based Mission of the Neurobehavioral Unit-Inpatient Program at Kennedy Krieger
JONATHAN DEAN SCHMIDT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The Neurobehavioral Unit-Inpatient Program uses an interdisciplinary approach for the assessment and treatment of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who have severe treatment-resistant challenging behavior. Our mission is to improve the quality of life for these individuals and their families, as well as the larger community, through clinical, training, research, and advocacy efforts. There is a growing literature base emphasizing professionals demonstrate competency in practice by explicitly stating how personalized treatments consider ethics, compassionate care, and respect for diversity. Although these concepts have been described within the broader behavior analytic community, there is a need for it to be explicitly defined when developing personalized treatments for individuals with severe challenging behavior, where it is essential to identify the contingencies maintaining behavior and develop treatments that incorporate client and caregiver preferences. This presentation will detail value driven actions from our program when advocating with insurance companies to ensure equitable access to services, to using a function-based, mechanistic model for the assessment, treatment, and generalization phases of an admission. Discussion will also focus on how to empower families once individuals return to their community settings.
 
Pioneering Possibilities: Providing Educational Services to Give Students an Opportunity to Improve Their Life’s Journey
BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center; University of Virginia), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center), Elizabeth Newcomb (The Faison Center), Heidi Garcia (The Faison Center, Inc.)
Abstract: The Faison School is a not-for-profit private school specializing in providing behavior analytic, specialized educational services to children with Neurodevelopmental disabilities. Students are placed by localities in Virginia if the public school system cannot serve them due to significant aggression or disruptive behavior, or significant failure to meet academic goals. We serve individuals aged 5 to 21, primarily with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. While many students come to us behind grade level with significant challenging behavior, others are working on standard diplomas. Given the range of ages, modes of communication, and presentation of unsafe behavior, among many other variables, we have had to be intentional about setting up systems rooted in behavior analytic and humanitarian values to teach effectively while keeping the students, and the staff who serve them, safe. In this presentation we will discuss some of our systems and policies that have been effective over the years.
 
Values-Centered Residential Care
JASON C. BOURRET (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: In this presentation, I will discuss a model of residential service provision for autistic individuals that centers the empowerment and wellbeing of each student and their families. Recent reviews have indicated that over 40% of autistic children may engage in dangerous self-injurious or aggressive behavior. The severity of this behavior may make it very challenging or impossible for some of these children to continue to live safely at home with their parents. I will describe a residential program model that recognizes how traumatic and stressful this can be for children and their families. This will involve a discussion of our educational service provision approach and some of the ways we attempt to support students and their families through the challenges that can come with severe and dangerous behavior. Throughout, I will connect our values and goals to the defining features of applied behavior analysis as articulated by Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968).
 
 
Symposium #358
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Recent Advancements in Resurgence: Basic, Applied, and Translational Findings
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 150 AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Liam McCabe (Rutgers University-Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services)
Discussant: Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Liam McCabe, M.A.
Abstract: Resurgence, or the re-emergence of a previously extinguished target behavior after reinforcement contingencies have worsened, has been a popular topic across basic, applied, and translational research due to its implications in the successful reduction of inappropriate or unsafe behavior. The purpose of this symposium is to present several advancements across research settings on the success of various resurgence-mitigation procedures. Madrigal and colleagues compared levels of resurgence following worsening of reinforcement conditions on target responding through varying durations of timeout and extinction. Gandhi and colleagues examined the prevalence of renewal during treatment arrangements for destructive behavior without extinction. Mitteer and colleagues completed an across-experiment comparison that compared the prevalence of resurgence across four relapse mitigation strategies informed by behavioral momentum theory. Mauzy and colleagues sought to assess if baseline phase length and competing activities influenced response elimination and subsequent rates of resurgence in a gamified translational experiment. The results and implications of these studies will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral momentum, mitigation, renewal, resurgence
Target Audience: Intermediate
Learning Objectives: 1. Define resurgence.
2. Define renewal.
3. Identify future directions for research on resurgence.
 

Comparing Resurgence Across Timeout and Extinction Conditions

(Basic Research)
KENNETH D. MADRIGAL (Universidad de Sonora), Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Jacqueline Cazarez (Universidad de Sonora), Valeria Acosta (Universidad de Sonora), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Laura Mateos (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract:

Resurgence refers to the recurrence of a previously reduced target response when reinforcement conditions for an alternative response worsen. Differences in resurgence can be influenced by the reinforcement histories of both the target and alternative responses. When target responding is reduced by degrading its reinforcement contingencies, resurgence is mitigated compared to when the target response is eliminated via extinction. This study compared resurgence following the degradation of target responding through varying timeout durations and extinction. Resurgence was assessed in a 3-component schedule across two experiments with three rats, where target responding was reduced by extinction or by 2-, 5-, and 30-second timeouts. In Experiment 1, Phases 1 and 2 ended after 15 reinforcers, while in Experiment 2, the phases ended after 15 and 30 reinforcers, respectively. Preliminary results indicate that when phases ended after an equal number of reinforcers, resurgence was mitigated following 2- and 5-second timeouts in two subjects but occurred at similar levels following extinction and the 30-second timeout. In contrast, greater alternative reinforcement in Phase 2 mitigated resurgence across both timeout and extinction conditions. These findings suggest that extending alternative reinforcement contingencies during the degradation of target responses could help in reducing resurgence.

 

Prevalence of Renewal During Treatments Without Extinction

(Applied Research)
MAYANK GANDHI (Marcus Autism Center - Children's Healthcare of Atlanta - Emory University), Keller Oliver Street (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Renewal is an increase in the rate of responding of a previously eliminated behavior due to a change in context. These context changes typically occur when the target behavior may be reinforced in one context (A). Then, an alternative response in a novel context is reinforced, while the target behavior is eliminated (B). Finally, treatment encounters either a familiar context (A) or a new context (C). When a familiar context is encountered, this is considered ABA renewal, whereas a novel context is considered ABC renewal. Previous prevalence studies regarding renewal of targeted behaviors have commonly included extinction and they have not examined treatments without extinction. Therefore, we examined the prevalence of renewal where extinction was not used. We used a consecutive case series analysis of clients admitted to an intensive day treatment program between 2021-2024. Individuals were included if they received a treatment that did not incorporate the use of extinction (e.g., differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, token economy; N=13) and if they experienced at least one context change during their admission. Of the 32 cases where extinction was not used, bursts of target behavior were observed in seven cases (21.88%).

 
Relative Effects of Four Resurgence-Mitigation Strategies Informed by Behavioral Momentum Theory
(Applied Research)
DANIEL R. MITTEER (Emory University), Wayne W. Fisher (Children’s Specialized Hospital–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services; Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Casey Irwin Helvey (Rutgers University (RUCARES))
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory (BMT) posits that particular independent variables may be adjusted during routine differential-reinforcement treatments (e.g., functional communication training) to reduce resurgence of severe destructive behavior. Across four consecutive studies using similar preparations and participants, our research group investigated four BMT-informed mitigation strategies: (a) lean reinforcement rates for target behavior during baseline, (b) lean reinforcement rates for alternative behavior during treatment, (c) a longer treatment duration, and (d) an omnibus approach combining all three refinements. In the current paper, we analyzed the relevance of each BMT-informed strategy across 21 datasets, including three additional participants recruited after publication of Fisher, Greer, Fuhrman, et al. (2018) and Fisher et al. (2019). Lean reinforcement rates during baseline and the omnibus approach resulted in the largest reductions in resurgence, though we contextualize these findings in relation to BMT’s account of resurgence and implications for practice. Despite being a seminal conceptualization of resurgence, BMT's utility in deriving mitigation strategies may be limited.
 

Assessing Effects on Extinction and Resurgence in a Gamified Human-Laboratory Arrangement

(Basic Research)
COURTNEY MAUZY (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Carter Rowe (Syracuse University), William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics), Sean Smith (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Human-laboratory experiments of behavioral resurgence often show human responding lacking sensitivity to extinction contingencies. The current experiments aimed to evaluate whether baseline phase length or the presence of competing activities during a three-phase procedure influenced target response elimination and resurgence in a novel, gamified arrangement. Across both experiments, participants played an arcade style “space shooter” video game on a laptop computer, earning points as reinforcers for destroying either the target or alternative spaceship on the screen according to a variable-interval 3-s (VI 3) schedule of reinforcement. During Experiment 1, exposure to baseline contingencies for three minutes relative to four minutes was compared across two groups of participants for the potential impact on resurgence of target responding. In a second experiment, we evaluated the presence or absence of competing activities (e.g., collectible gems, speed boosts) on target response elimination. Participants experiencing longer baseline durations exhibited more persistent target responding during Phase 2 and 3 as well as higher levels of resurgence. Additionally, we observed quicker response elimination with participants who did not have access to competing activities. Results will be discussed in terms of the implications of this arrangement on future human-laboratory research on response relapse.

 
 
Symposium #359
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Renegades of Discounting: Associations With Respondent Behavior, Early-Life Adversity, Academic Procrastination, and Modes of Assessment
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 151 AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Erich K. Grommet (The Arc of Central Alabama)
CE Instructor: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Discounting refers to decreases in the subjective value of an outcome with increases in some attribute of that outcome, including its delay, probability, effort, or sharing (social). Discounting has offered a fruitful conceptual and methodological framework for the understanding of impulsive behavior, including developing interventions. Despite mounting expansion on the list of variables tested for associations with discounting, some areas of research remain less studied. The symposium will discuss four of them: associations between discounting and respondent behavior, early-life adversity, academic procrastination, and assessment methods. The first presentation focuses on how the number of sessions that rats experience in autoshaping and delay discounting tasks moderates the relationship between sign-tracking/goal-tracking responses and impulsive choice. The second study tested the effects of combined early-life adversity (maternal separation and resource scarcity) on rats’ behavior during autoshaping, test and retest of delay discounting, and training and extinction of a VI15s-VI60s multiple schedule. The third study tested the associations between self-report and direct behavioral measures of academic procrastination and delay and academic discounting. The fourth presentation describes a study that compared the fit to hyperbolic discounting equations, the area under the curve, the frequency of nonsystematic data, and the participants' perceptions about the friendliness of the traditional social discounting questionnaire versus visual analog and graphic rating scales.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): academic procrastination, autoshaping, discounting, early-life adversity
Target Audience:

Undergraduate and Graduate students, Researchers, and Practitioners. No prerequisite skills needed.

Learning Objectives: 1. Differentiate self-control and impulsive behavior, and the experimental methodologies implemented in behavior analysis to study them.
2. Define different forms of discounting and the methodological approaches to measure them.
3. Define early-life adversity and how it is modeled in rodents with maternal separation and resource scarcity.
4. Define procrastination from a behavior analytic perspective, focusing on choice behavior.
5. Define autoshaping as a respondent procedure, and the typical behavioral outcomes, namely sign-tracking and goal-tracking.
 

Response Patterns During Autoshaping and Delay Discounting Tasks

JULIAN CIFUENTES (Southern Illinois University), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Pavlovian learning has been studied in rodents using autoshaping procedures (ASH) in which a Conditioned Stimulus (CS) is paired with an Unconditioned Stimulus (US). Most rats develop sign-tracking and/or goal-tracking responses. In a delay discounting task (DDT), subjects choose between a smaller-sooner reinforcer (impulsive choice) and a larger-later reinforcer (self-control choice). Evidence of a relationship between sign-tracking/goal-tracking and delay discounting performance is inconsistent. Some studies have shown that higher sign-tracking correlates with lower impulsive choice, while others have reported no associations. Sign-tracking is typically quantified using a Pavlovian Conditioned Approach index (PCA) calculated with data of the last sessions. A limitation of the PCA is that it varies as a function of the number of ASH trials experienced by each subject. This increases the risk of finding spurious associations between sign-tracking/goal-tracking responses and other measures. We explored the relationship between sign-tracking/goal-tracking and impulsive choice of 40 rats across 10 sessions of ASH, followed by 28 sessions of DDT. Faster development of sign-tracking predicted faster establishment of steady responding during the discounting task and lower impulsive choice during the first five DDT sessions; however, this latter association disappeared by session 20.

 

The Behavioral Fallout of Early-Life Adversity: Effects of Combined Maternal Separation and Resource Scarcity on Impulsive Behavior of Rats

CAMILO HURTADO-PARRADO (Southern Illinois University), Julian Cifuentes (Southern Illinois University), Monica Arias Higuera (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Cesar Acevedo-Triana (University of Alabama Birmingham), Lucas Pozzo-Miller (Michigan State University), Michael Hylin (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Extensive research with rodent models has shown detrimental effects of early-life adversity (ELA) on behavioral (e.g., impulsive behavior, anxiety, and depression) and neurobiological processes (e.g., alterations of neuroendocrine processes and maturation of brain areas). However, heterogeneous methodologies, including types and variations of ELA manipulations seem responsible for inconsistent findings. Maternal separation (MS) and limited bedding/nesting (LBN) are widely implemented rodent ELA protocols. Orso et al. (2020) concluded that combined MS+LBN produce consistent and robust effects due to the joint increase of the challenging conditions imposed on both the dam and the offspring. We tested the effects of MS+LBN on processes linked to both ELA and behavioral disorders in later stages of life. We used an autoshaping task (AUT) to assess incentive salience of reward cues, a delay-discounting task (DDT) to assess impulsive choice, and a multiple schedule of reinforcement with long and short variable intervals (VI15s-VI60s, respectively) to assess impulsive action and persistence/perseverance. As compared to No-ELA rats, ELA rats displayed higher goal tracking during the AUT, higher impulsive choice during test and re-test of the DDT, and less efficient responding during the long-interval component of the multiple schedule (VI60s). No ELA effects on response persistence/perseverance during extinction of the multiple schedule were observed. Associations between AUT and reinforcement-schedule performance were identified, with ELA moderating the relationship between ST and efficiency during training and persistence/perseverance during extinction.

 

“The Early Bird… Discounts More or Less?”: Associations Between Academic and Monetary Discounting and Measures of Academic Procrastination

PABLO ANDRES LEDESMA CASTRO (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), FangLei Gao (Southern Illinois University), Julian Cifuentes (Southern Illinois University), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Delay Discounting (DD) has been proposed as one of the key processes involved in procrastination (Ainslie, 2010; Zentall, 2021). DD is the tendency for consequences of behavior to be devalued as they occur more remotely in the future (Odum, 2011). According to Zentall (2021), procrastination entails choosing to delay an aversive event for more immediate access to a non-aversive, less aversive, or appetitive consequence. Despite the promise of a DD framework to understand and intervene on procrastination, the relationship between DD and procrastination has not been studied extensively. Of special relevance is the case of academic procrastination (APRO) because of its high prevalence and association with negative outcomes (e.g., grades, and physical and mental health). There is some indirect and inconsistent evidence of a DD-APRO relationship. Muñoz-Olano and Hurtado-Parrado (2017) found that an antecedent intervention reduced both self-reported APRO and monetary DD, but no DD-APRO association was tested. Olsen et al. (2018) developed the Academic Discounting Task (ADT) in which participants chose between working for money or working on an assignment due at various times. Despite evidence of ADT’s validity to measure academic DD, Olsen et al. did not test for ADT-APRO associations. Eyre (2023) replicated the ADT and found a positive correlation between ADT and time-to-deadline of an assignment (TTD). This finding was unexpected, since participants who submitted assignments earlier (lower APRO) displayed higher rates of academic discounting. It was also not cohesive with a preliminary finding by Concepcion (2020) who reported DD predicted higher latency to submit assignments (LTA). On a systematic replication of Eyre (2023) we found higher monetary DD in women than men, and a higher proportion of latency to submit assignments over TTD on participants with higher monetary discounting, i.e., participants with higher monetary DD submitted assignments with shorter latencies and further away from deadlines. A moderation analysis indicated the latter effect was only observed in men. No ADT-DD-APRO associations were observed. Evidence overall suggests an DD-APRO association, but it is inconsistent with previous findings and the proposed role of DD (i.e., higher DD predicting higher APRO). We argue that more research on the role of both appetitive and aversive factors in procrastination is needed.

 

Are Sliders Friendlier and More Efficient Than Questionnaires in Social Discounting Research?

ALVARO A. CLAVIJO ALVAREZ (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract:

Friendlier tasks should facilitate the participants' engagement in social discounting studies. Researchers on social discounting have used primarily questionnaires, initially in a paper and pencil format. As personal computers became popular, researchers adapted the original instruments and put them on computer screens and Internet browsers, primarily as radio button questionnaires. In these studies, participants choose between options that offer a variable amount for them and a constant amount for the people they put on the social distance list. The indifference points result from the median value when participants switch from altruistic to selfish. Computers allow for friendlier instruments. Sliders as visual analog or graphic rating scales are friendlier than questionnaires, requiring less participants' time. Empirical evidence from delayed discounting research suggests that sliders produce more nonsystematic data than other instruments; however, web and marketing researchers have found that the sliders’ usefulness and nonsystematic data in social discounting research might depend on their format. This study compared the fit to hyperbolic discounting equations, the area under the curve, the frequency of nonsystematic data, and the participants' perceptions about the friendliness of the traditional social discounting questionnaire versus visual analog and graphic rating scales.

 
 
Symposium #360
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
The Relation of Reinforcement Value and Strength of Stimulus Control to Acquisition of Early Literacy and Language Repertoires in Early Learners With Developmental Delays
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Susan Buttigieg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Early literacy and language skills have consistently been an indicator of future academic and life success. Research (Greer & Han, 2015; Buttigieg, Greer, & Pedrero-Davila, 2024) has shown that conditioning two-dimensional stimuli leads to faster rates of acquisition for educational objectives. In the first experiment, respondent and operant conditioning were used to condition books and two-dimensional stimuli and replace interfering stereotypy. The rate of acquisition of early literacy objectives was then compared. The second experiment found that there was a significant group difference in reading outcomes in different demographics, but these differences were no longer significant once the experimenters controlled for the degree of conditioned reinforcement for reading. In the third experiment, the experimenters tested the effects of the establishment and subsequent increase in strength of stimulus control of incidental uni- or bi-directional Naming on the number of correct listener comprehension questions, conditioned seeing selection responses, and preference for listening to story. In the fourth experiment, experimenters evaluated the strength of stimulus control for uni- or bi-directional Naming and the emergence of untaught object function intraverbal relations. We discuss the importance of establishing learned reinforcers, maximizing strategy and efficiency, and making instruction equitable and accessible for all learners.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Conditioned Seeing, Incidental-Bi-directional naming, Intraverbal responses, Reading
Target Audience:

BACB certification

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe the difference between operant and respondent conditioning and when to apply each.
2. Participants will be able to describe multiple exemplar instruction and give an example of different response topographies as well as skills to target using MEI.
3. Participants will be able to describe 'conditioned seeing' and how to test for it.
 

The Effects of the Establishment of Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing Books on the Rate of Mastery of Pre-Literacy Skills for Toddlers With and Without Interfering Stereotypy

SUSAN BUTTIGIEG (Columbia University), Yoojin Yeo (Columbia University Teacher's College), Angela Ryan (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of conditioning books as learned reinforcers on the rate of acquisition of pre-literacy objectives for toddlers and preschoolers with developmental delays, and with and without interfering stereotypy. Nested in this, we tested the efficacy of operant and respondent conditioning in conditioning book stimuli as learned reinforcers. Other dependent variables included visual match-to-sample, partial interval recording for emission of interfering stereotypy, and two-dimensional observing responses. Results thus far indicate that operant conditioning was not effective in conditioning books to criterion level, but respondent conditioning was effective in conditioning books and replacing stereotypy for 4 participants. Additionally, participants who did not observe or match two-dimensional stimuli at the onset of the experiment did so after books were conditioned as learned reinforcers. Results are discussed in terms of reinforcement value, early literacy skills, and the correlation between cusps and effective methods of conditioning new reinforcers.

 

For the Love of Reading: Comparing Reading Preference and Achievement in Students With and Without Disabilities

YIFEI SUN (Teachers College Columbia University/ Fred S. Keller School), Aparna Naresh (Marcus Autism Center), Brittany Dianne Bly (Teacher's College Columbia University)
Abstract:

Previous research has highlighted the reading achievement gap for students with disabilities, as well as the correlation between the reading preference, or conditioned reinforcement for reading (CR+ Reading) and reading outcomes. However, how CR+ Reading affects the reading outcome for students in different demographic groups differently remains a gap in our literature. The current brief report investigated how CR+ Reading affected the reading outcomes for 48 elementary school students in 4th and 5th grade inclusion classrooms. Consistent with existing literature, we found a significant group difference for the reading outcomes between students with or without disabilities and those who did or did not receive free/reduced lunch. However, when we controlled for the students’ degree of CR+ Reading, the differences were no longer significant. The results suggested that teaching the ‘love’ for reading might be a way for us to bridge the gap in reading outcomes between students from different demographic groups. Future research should collect more data to investigate how CR+ Reading affects the reading outcomes for other marginalized groups and establish effective interventions to teach CR+ Reading.

 

Picture This: Investigating the Relationship Between Incidental Bidirectional Naming and Conditioned Seeing

KATHARINE LOOMIS (Teachers College, Columbia University and Fred S. Keller School), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University)
Abstract:

Young readers are often encouraged to “picture” what they read; a phenomenon commonly referred to as conditioned seeing in the behavior analytic literature. This cusp may be critical in improving reading comprehension outcomes and can be established early, even with children who have not yet started to textually respond. Six preschool students classified with disabilities were selected to participate in this study because they did not demonstrate Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc-BiN) and emitted low numbers of correct selection responses for conditioned seeing when told age-appropriate stories out loud. Using a combined pre-post and multiple probe across participants design, we tested the effects of the establishment and subsequent increase in strength of stimulus control for Inc-UniN or Inc-BiN on the number of correct conditioned seeing selection responses and listener comprehension responses. Preference for listening to story content was also assessed. Results demonstrated that following intervention, the number of correct conditioned seeing and listening comprehension responses increased for all participants, and, when stimulus control for Inc-UniN or Inc-BiN was strengthened, correct responses for both measures increased even more significantly. Increases in story preference were variable. These findings suggest that Inc-UniN alone may play a critical role in the development of conditioned seeing.

 

Emergent Object-Function Intraverbals Following Rotated Tact, Point and Intraverbal Instruction and Degrees of Bidirectional Naming

JEANNEMARIE SPECKMAN (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), Katharine Loomis (Teachers College, Columbia University and Fred S. Keller School), Cesira K. Farrell (Fred S. Keller School), Katherine Garcia (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We present data on 10 to 12 students’ object-function intraverbals and reverse intraverbals. Students were selected to participate if they had tact and point discrimination responses in repertoire and did not emit object-function intraverbals (e.g. What do you do with a pencil?; What do you write with?). We determined the strength of stimulus control of unidirectional (UniN) and bidirectional (IncBin) naming for all participants prior to the study. Students were taught to tact items in pictures and point to the items in a field of four when told their function. Once they responded correctly to each task for each item with 90% accuracy, we went back and assessed their object function intraverbals and the reverse intraverbals. Students who still did not emit correct responses were taught a different set of tacts and point by function responses, but for this phase we also directly taught the intraverbal and reverse intraverbal for each item in the set within the instructional rotation. Once criterion was met, we again assessed the original intraverbal set to determine if the second instructional rotation resulted in learning the relations. Results are presented in terms of possible prerequisite repertoires or cusps for the emergence of these early intraverbal responses.

 
 
Symposium #362
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
A Generative Learning Assessment and Intervention Program Based on Skinner’s Verbal Behavior (1957)
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
Discussant: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
CE Instructor: Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The language skills of a typically developing toddler accelerate rapidly between 18 and 36 months of age. At the root of this language burst is an effect Wittrock (1974) termed generative learning. Wittrock suggested that toddlers are active learners who generate linguistic meaning and understanding by integrating new information with their existing cognitive frameworks. A behavioral interpretation (Skinner, 1957) of this important linguistic effect suggests that the contingencies of reinforcement establish generative linguistic meaning and understanding for a toddler. However, some children with autism or other intellectual disabilities have trouble acquiring new language skills through generative learning. For these children, an assessment of the various types of generative learning may reveal that a child is missing a prerequisite or component repertoire of a generative learning skill or that there is some other cause of the problem. The first two presentations in this symposium will describe a generative learning assessment tool based on Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior. The next two presentations will focus on applying the assessment results to developing intervention programs that can help establish generative learning repertoires for those who fail to acquire them. These presentations will be followed by comments from our discussant, David Palmer.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): generative cusps, generative learning, language assessment/intervention, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Participants should be familiar with Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior and the VB-MAPP assessment.

Learning Objectives: 1. Behaviorally define and exemplify generative learning.
2. Describe methods to increase social approach behaviors.
3. Describe the role of themed curriculum in creating ongoing contexts for generative learning instruction.
 

The VB-MAPP Generative Learning Assessment

MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Once a child demonstrates speaker and listener generative learning repertoires, her language acquisition accelerates rapidly (e.g., observational learning, generative manding, bidirectional naming). However, some children with autism or other intellectual disabilities have trouble acquiring new language skills through the process of generative learning. For these children, an assessment of generative learning may reveal that a child is missing a prerequisite or component repertoire or that there is some other cause of the problem. If these causes can be identified and rectified, they can potentially lead to improved generative learning (Aragon et al., 2024; DeSouza et al., 2019; Rodriguez et al., 2022). The VB-MAPP Generative Learning Assessment (GLA) uses Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior to identify, define, and measure generalized and generative learning repertoires that provide a foundation for a typically developing child’s rapid language acquisition. The GLA Guide contains definitions, examples, supporting research, and scoring instructions for several different generative learning domains, and the GLA Protocol contains the scoring forms for an individual child. The assessment tool will be described, and examples of completed scoring forms will be presented and analyzed.

 
Developing the VB-MAPP Generative Language Assessment: A Behavior-Analytic Approach to Language Generativity
ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri-St. Louis), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
Abstract: Assessing the repertoire essential for language generativity requires a precise examination of specific skills and their behavioral components. Each skill should be conceptualized from a behavior-analytic perspective and assessed based on the foundational behaviors that comprise a broader domain. This process involves a thorough review of both conceptual and empirical literature, alongside the establishment of clear criteria for analyzing each domain. Another key aspect is ensuring the feasibility and practicality of the assessment, which demands clear operational definitions of observable behaviors and a detailed technical description of the assessment procedures. The development of the VB-MAPP Generative Language Assessment (GLA) entails a comprehensive and meticulous analysis of each generative domain. This includes the creation of guidelines for direct assessment of the component skills within each domain, a detailed description of assessment procedures and scoring criteria, and the collection of feasibility and predictive validity data. In this presentation, we will provide examples of the outcomes of this process as applied to different GLA domains, such as joint attention and bidirectional naming. We will present specific information on the key aspects of the assessment for each domain, along with preliminary data supporting the feasibility of these procedures.
 
Enhancing Social Interest as a Foundation to Generative Learning
ALICE SHILLINGSBURG (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Medical Center; University of Nebraska Omaha), Danielle LaFrance (Verbale; ABA Technologies)
Abstract: Participating with others in activities across a variety of contexts creates new opportunities for learning and ways of accessing reinforcement. Whether in adult-led instruction, group games, or free-play contexts- cooperation enhances the potential of interacting with others successfully and, therefore, enhances opportunities to learn new things. As such, cooperating with instruction can be viewed as an important cusp skill and starting point for intervention. One way to improve cooperation with instruction involves increasing social interest in others. As social interactions become more reinforcing or enjoyable, children may be more willing to work with or cooperate with others. Further, as instructors are frequently paired with reinforcement, instructor behavior takes on discriminative functions, which accelerates learning. The current presentation examines the principle that social interest, or motivation to engage with others, is foundational for establishing instructional control as an outcome. Procedures to develop a social approach and its subsequent effect on cooperative behaviors will be described. Implications for effective curricular design to establish generative learning across contexts will be discussed.
 
Intervention Tactics to Promote Generative Learning in Practice
DANIELLE LAFRANCE (Verbale; ABA Technologies), Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Medical Center; University of Nebraska Omaha), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
Abstract: Effectively teaching generative learning cusps requires a combination of appropriate contexts for instruction, evidence-based tactics, and meaningful content. However, balancing these priorities and bringing them into the realities of practice may be overwhelming. Thematic instruction is an integration of applied verbal behavior and equivalence-based instruction that can creatively, flexibly, and readily be applied by practitioners. Thematic instruction provides ongoing opportunities for assessing a variety of generative learning cusps while teaching educationally and clinically relevant content. We will describe the steps for developing a thematic curriculum and deploying it across contexts using multiple exemplar training. For some learners, more intensive instructional approaches may be required, such as multiple exemplar instruction. Multiple exemplar instruction may be applied to establish a variety of generative learning cusps by integrating speaker and listener behaviors. We will detail this procedure and its application to produce critical learning outcomes. Recommendations for supporting implementers delivering these approaches in ongoing service delivery and educational contexts will be provided.
 
 
Paper Session #363
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Systems of Oppression & Violence: A Behavioral Systems Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:30 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Advanced
CE Instructor: Candace R Fay, M.S.
 

Systems of Oppression & Violence: A Behavioral Systems Analysis

Domain: Theory
CANDACE R FAY (Florida Institute of Technology), Jacqueline Noto (Florida Institute of Technology), James Arnold Riswick-Estelle (Florida Institute of Technology), Jonathan K Fernand (Florida Institute of Technology)
 
Abstract:

In 1953, Skinner argued that those practicing behavior analysis have the opportunity, and beyond that, an obligation to save the world. To work to save the world and those who inhabit it, dissemination of behavior analysis to novel sectors is a must. To initiate change, individual action is needed; however, system changes are imperative for a large-scale impact. A system is a set of elements or individuals working together as an interdependent and interconnected entity like a family, department, institution, or country. Throughout history, there have been systems of oppression at various levels based on characteristics like race, ethnicity, religion, gender, and sexual orientation, which have resulted in unfair, unjust, and illegal treatment of humans. Behavior analysts can disseminate into scopes relating to public policy and utilize the science to dissect system components through a scientific methodology, identify individual influences, tact societal influences, and advocate for the shared ethical responsibility to humanity.

 
Target Audience:

(1) intermediate-to-advanced level of competence in organizational behavior management methodologies, including, but not limited to behavioral systems analysis, (2) fluency with interlocking-behavioral contingencies and process analysis, (3) intermediate competence with organizational behavior management tools, such as the total performance system.

 
 
Paper Session #364
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Functional Reinforcement: An Extension of Slocum and Vollmer (2015) and Call to Clinical Research
Monday, May 26, 2025
8:30 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 149 AB
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Rebecca L Beights, Ph.D.
 
Functional Reinforcement: An Extension of Slocum and Vollmer (2015) and Call to Clinical Research
Domain: Applied Research
GEOFF POTTER (The Centre for Positive Behaviour Support), Rebecca L Beights (The Centre for Positive Behaviour Support), Matthew John Spicer (The Centre for Positive Behaviour Support), Nicole McKillop (The Center for Positive Behaviour Support (CPBS))
 
Abstract: During functional analyses, hypothesised functional reinforcers are delivered contingently to test hypotheses and immediately “turn off” behaviours of concern. Assessment procedures emphasise contingent reinforcer delivery for these behaviours of concern and clearly underscore the impact of the functional reinforcers on behaviour (e.g., Iwata et al., 1982/1994; Sigafoos et al., 1995; Hanley et al., 2003; Warner et al., 2020). In contrast, intervention literature shows more limited recognition of the value of contingent delivery of functional reinforcers to decrease frequency and episodic severity of behaviours of concern. Few studies challenge the fallacy that providing the functional reinforcer contingently increases the future frequency and/or magnitude of the behaviour of concern. Thus, the current study sought to extend Slocum and Vollmer’s (2015) research demonstrating decreases in the behaviour of concern (noncompliance) following delivery of escape as the functional reinforcer. A multielement reversal design was used with three young participants (ages 5 – 12 years) with escape-maintained behaviour. Results show the differential impact of functional reinforcer delivery on the frequency and episodic severity of the behaviour across three alternating intervention conditions. Implications of the research extension and intervention design will be discussed. Recommendations for future clinical and applied research with functional reinforcement will be presented.
 
Target Audience:

Audience members should have an understanding of applied behaviour analysis that includes conceptual and applied competency with functional analysis and functional reinforcement contingencies.

 
 
Symposium #361
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Innovative Training Strategies: Teach-Back
Monday, May 26, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Flavio Hinostroza (Florida Insitute of Technology )
Discussant: Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Andressa Sleiman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents four innovative studies exploring the acceptability and effectiveness of the teach-back method in enhancing communication and training within behavior analysis and healthcare contexts. The first talk investigates participants' acceptability of clinicians using teach-back and plain language in doctor-patient interactions, revealing a strong preference for plain language and teach-back, particularly for unfamiliar topics like multiple sclerosis. The second presentation evaluates the teach-back method in training research assistants on processing simulated blood samples, with all participants achieving mastery and reporting positive experiences. The third study replicates previous research on teach-back to train college students in a behavior analysis program to implement multiple schedules. The findings demonstrate that students learned the skills to mastery and retained them after two weeks, highlighting the practicality of teach-back via telehealth. Finally, the fourth talk extends these findings by applying teach-back to train behavior therapists to implement naturalistic environment training with children with disabilities.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Acceptability, OBM, Teach-Back, Training
Target Audience:

All people who train others.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the benefits of the teach-back method in enhancing communication and training efficiency across various fields, including healthcare and research settings.
2. Discuss the advantages of using teach-back as a time-efficient alternative to traditional behavior skills training (BST) for teaching new skills to behavior therapists and other professionals.
3. Define and explain the teach-back method
 
An Evaluation of Teach-Back Acceptability
Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology), Erin Richard (Louisiana State University), Daniel Gonzales-Portillo (Nova Southeastern University), Sarah Tallman (The Iowa Clinic), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), FLAVIO HINOSTROZA (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: This research aimed to investigate participants' acceptability of clinicians' use of teach-back and plain language. A 30-minute survey was administered to 162 undergraduates who watched and rated two doctor-patient interactions explaining multiple sclerosis and diabetes. The interactions varied, including jargon only, jargon with teach-back, plain language only, and plain language with teach-back. Results showed a significant preference for plain language over jargon for both conditions, with multiple sclerosis [F(1, 157) = 57.73, p < .001, hp2 = .27] and diabetes [F(1, 157) = 63.42, p < .001, hp2 = .29]. Teach-back was favored for multiple sclerosis [F(1, 157) = 8.99, p < .01, hp2 = .05] but not for diabetes [F(1, 157) = 1.05, n.s.], possibly due to participants' greater familiarity with diabetes. Overall, plain language combined with teach-back was ranked highest in preference, while jargon-only interactions were the least favored. The findings suggest that clinicians should minimize jargon and utilize teach-back techniques, particularly when addressing unfamiliar topics, enhancing patient engagement and understanding.
 

Assessing the Effectiveness of the Teach-Back Method to Train College Students How to Implement Multiple Schedules

Serena Tavares (Simmons University), CLAUDIA CAMPOS (Simmons University)
Abstract:

Different teaching methods (e.g., behavioral skills training [BST], video modeling, video modeling plus feedback, instructions) have been used for decades in the field of applied behavior analysis to train a variety of individuals or behavior change agents new skills. Recently, Sleiman et al. (2023) assessed the use of the teach-back method to train college students how to implement behavior analytic procedures (e.g., preference assessments, token economies). Teach-back, is when a trainer explains one chunk of information at a time and asks the learner to repeat it back to them using their own words. If there is no correspondence the trainer explains the chunk of information again using different words until the learner can accurately explain the information. The purpose of this study was to replicate Sleiman et al. (2023) evaluating teach back as a training method to teach how to implement multiple schedules to college students enrolled in a behavior analysis program. In addition, a second purpose was to assess the practicality of using teach-back via telehealth. Three college students participated in the study. All participants learned the skills to mastery and retained the skills after a 2-week follow-up.

 
Using the Teach-Back Method to Improve Staff Implementation of Naturalistic Environmental Teaching
DEZEE OVERSTREET (The Chicago School), Ada C. Harvey (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology-Dallas), Michael E. May (The Chicago School)
Abstract: Behavior skills training (BST) is a commonly used strategy for teaching new skills. Although the behavior analytic literature supports the efficacy of BST, one drawback is that it is time intensive. Alternatively, teach-back (TB) is an empirically validated strategy used primarily among emergency and primary care physicians to teach and to verify patients’ healthcare practices related to their long-term care needs. Sleiman et al. (2023) showed TB was also effective for teaching college students to conduct preference assessments and to implement a token economy intervention with fidelity over relatively few implementation sessions. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the findings of Sleiman et al. (2023) using TB to train behavior therapists at an autism clinic to implement naturalistic environment training. Procedural integrity increased over relatively few implementation sessions and all participants met mastery level proficiency following the brief, targeted vocal-verbal feedback and modeling provided by the TB strategy. The implications of these findings on TB are discussed for application to other training needs for behavior analysis service providers.
 
 
Paper Session #365
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
An Evaluation of the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab as a Training Tool for Registered Behavior Technicians
Monday, May 26, 2025
9:00 AM–9:20 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Salvador Ruiz, Ph.D.
 
An Evaluation of the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab as a Training Tool for Registered Behavior Technicians
Domain: Applied Research
SALVADOR RUIZ (Hunter College, CUNY), Alan Kinsella (The Manhattan Childrens Center; Endicott College), Sabrina Yee (Hunter College, CUNY)
 
Abstract: The Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab (PORTL) is a tabletop game that mimics an experimental lab popularized by BF Skinner in the 1930s (Goodhue et al., 2019). The game provides a practical, informative, and fun way to experience teaching those with diverse needs (Rosales-Ruiz & Hunter, 2016). The present study examined the effects of PORTL as a training tool for RBTs across five different practice areas. A total of seven RBTS participated in the study. Sessions were conducted weekly during staff meeting time for 2 hours. Results indicate an increase in the fidelity of procedural implementation of reinforcement, differential reinforcement, shaping, chaining, and antecedent presentation. Further, social validity reports indicate that participants prefer PORTL training to lecture based guest speaking professional development. The results suggest that PORTL may be a cost-effective alternative to produce tangible staff training outcomes. However, PORTL may be difficult to scale with larger organizations and those that only provide home-based services.
 
Target Audience:

The target audience would be behavior analysts who are responsible for staff training, school administration that is responsible for professional development, and ABA agency directors who have to develop staff training protocols.

 
 
Symposium #367
CE Offered: PSY
Extensions of Reinforcement-Based Approaches to Toilet Training
Monday, May 26, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brandon C. Perez (Northern Illinois University)
Discussant: Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University)
CE Instructor: Brandon C. Perez, Ph.D.
Abstract: Reinforcement-based approaches to toilet training have been evaluated in the literature over the last decade (Greer et al., 2016; Perez et al., 2020). Current approaches to toilet training have focused primarily of treatment packages consisting of a) underwear, b) sit schedule manipulations, and c) differential reinforcement. Further research is warranted on the effects of these component-lean treatment packages on relevant toilet training dependent variables (e.g., urinations, bowel movements, self-initiations, and challenging behaviors) especially in other settings and with different populations. The first study extended the literature by evaluating a drop-out component analysis and examining the effects on self-initiations, specifically when the sit schedule component was removed. The second study extended the literature by replicating the Perez et al. (2020) study in a therapeutic day school with older individuals and using least-to-most prompting to target self-initiations. These two studies together progress the existing toilet training literature and provide recommendations for providers and researchers working in this area.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Reinforcement, Self-Initiations, Toilet Training
Target Audience: N/A
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify and define the main dependent variables targeted in toilet training research.
2. Describe the common components involved in most toilet training treatment packages.
3. Describe strategies for increasing self-initiations during toilet training.
 

Evaluating the Effects of Sit Schedules on Toileting Events With Children on the Autism Spectrum

JOANNE LI (University of Miami), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami)
Abstract:

Multi-component toilet training packages and procedures for toilet sit schedule thinning often establish and maintain urinary continence (Greer et al., 2016; Perez et al., 2020). Monitoring the rate and correspondence between urinations and self-initiations (SIs) can inform decision making for toileting independence (Perez et al., 2021). This study recruited children who previously experienced a multi-component toilet training package that established in-toilet urinations (ITUs) with a dense sit schedule. They progressed to a drop-out component analysis that incorporated a sit schedule evaluation to identify if (a) urinary continence would maintain and (b) SIs would emerge without a sit schedule. We used a BAB reversal design to compare the effects of a sit schedule on urinary accidents, ITUs, SIs, and correspondence between SIs and ITUs among children on the autism spectrum. We calculated the rate of urinations to serve as the criterion for ideal SI rates. Overall, ITUs remained high with minimal accidents during a lean sit schedule and variable or no ITUs occurred without a sit schedule. Additionally, participants often exhibited higher rates of urinations relative to SIs. SIs often co-occurred with ITUs, indicating perfect correspondence. We discuss the implications of these outcomes when focusing on toileting independence.

 

An Evaluation of a Toilet Training Treatment Package in a Therapeutic Day School for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SAMANTHA CAMACHO (Turning Pointe Autism Foundation), Brandon C. Perez (Northern Illinois University), Natalie Andzik (Northern Illinois University), Darcy Douglass (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Most contemporary research on toilet training in behavior analysis focuses on young children with autism spectrum disorder, typically in clinical or school settings (e.g., Cagliani et al., 2021; Perez et al., 2020). Current trends in the toilet training literature emphasize the use of reinforcement-based approaches, typically component-lean treatment packages including the manipulation of undergarments, sit schedules, and differential reinforcement. In the current study, the authors replicated the procedures from Perez et al. (2020) but with students in a therapeutic day school for individuals with severe challenging behavior. Four participants with autism spectrum disorder completed the current study and ranged in age from 8-11 years old. Three of the participants communicated using augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) devices. Additionally, the authors added a least-to-most prompting procedure to increase self-initiations. Results supported the use of this toilet training package in a novel setting to increase appropriate urinations and self-initiations. Implications for research and practice will be discussed in the current presentation.

 
 
Panel #368
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Antecedent Strategies for Career Longevity: The Stuff You Can’t Find in a Textbook
Monday, May 26, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Amanda Renee Jones, M.Ed.
Chair: Amanda Renee Jones (Butterfly Effects )
ASHLEY JUAREZ (Butterfly Effects)
CLAIRE SPIELER (Butterfly Effects)
KIMBERLI SANTA MARIA (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

Navigating challenging situations is a core part of working in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), yet these critical skills often aren’t covered in textbooks or graduate classes. Whether mediating team dynamics, addressing payer concerns, or guiding families through their child’s first ABA experience, these conversations can be stressful and overwhelming for clinicians. It has been found that long-term exposure to work-related stress leads to poor job satisfaction, contributing to turnover in our field (Plantiveau, C. et al., 2018). Furthermore, Blackman A. (et. al., 2024) mentions that some of the contributing factors for BCBA turnover were clinicians reporting a lack of supervision, collegiality, professional relationships, and professional development. Our objective is to better equip BCBAs with antecedent-based strategies, so they can access resources and conquer challenges with confidence. This panel will explore a variety of difficult scenarios encountered by practitioners across different roles in ABA and autism services. The panelists will share their hard-earned strategies with the intent to help you sustain your career over the long term.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: 1. Recognize main barriers to longevity in the field
2. Implementing antecedent strategies when navigating challenging situations
3. Utilizing compassionate care, perspective taking, and cultural sensitivity during problem solving.
Keyword(s): Antecedent stratigies, Career Longevity, Compassionate care, Turnover
 
 
Panel #369
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/IBAO
Compassion in Action: Educating Behavior Analysts in Practical Applications of Mental Health
Monday, May 26, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 140 B
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Valbona Demiri, Ph.D.
Chair: Valbona Demiri ( Endicott College)
JERIDITH ANN LORD (Endicott College)
CRISTIN SHANAHAN (Endicott College)
NIC TRUONG-MARCHETTO (Institute for Applied Behavioral Science at Endicott College)
Abstract:

Skinner opened the door for behavior analysts to apply the principles of behavior to a variety of areas (Skinner, 1953), and issues pertaining to mental health are no exception. More recently, the field of behavior analysis has focused on trauma informed practice and compassionate care training; however, questions on how this translates for behavior analysts on a practical and ethical level still remain. For Example: How do behavior analysts approach and intervene on the behaviors of individuals who present with co-occurring mental health issues and/or do not have a developmental disability? As behavior analysts begin to contact new information aimed at expanding or practicing beyond developmental disabilities, they may struggle to access specific training and supervision to best meet the needs of diverse clients who have not been represented in the behavior analytic literature. This panel will discuss recent applications of compassion on a practical and ethical level focusing on examples outside of developmental disabilities. This will include examples of education on trauma informed care, compassionate training and assent focused interventions, and understanding of psychological terms like "attachment" as delivered by and written for by behavior analysts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Attendees should have a basic understanding of behavior analytic principles including verbal behavior. Awareness or interest in mental health diagnoses is recommended.

Learning Objectives: 1. Conceptualize how behavior analysis can contribute to treatment of those affected by mental health.
2. Access a greater pool of resources to gain further training, supervision and/or experience in the application of ABA to mental health issues.
3. Recognize the contribution of adjacent fields to ABA.
 
 
Symposium #370
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group (SIG) Grant Recipients: Exciting New Areas of Research
Monday, May 26, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Andrea Murray (BCBA-D)
Discussant: Bryon Miller (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Andrea Murray, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will include four recently completed projects by the 2022 and 2023 Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group (HSF SIG) research grant recipients. The purpose of the HSF SIG Small Research Grant is to support experimental research that demonstrates the application of behavior analysis to address human behavior in the areas of health, sport, or fitness. Additional goals of this program are to disseminate behavior analytic research and practice and to expand research opportunities for students of behavior analysis. The first presentation will describe a study that used TAGTeach to teach beginner yoga skills. The second presentation will discuss an evaluation of steps per minute thresholds for moderate-to-vigorous physical activity. The third presentation will analyze the effects of self-management on portion control consumption. The fourth presentation will review self-management and exercise adherence. Following the presentations, the Discussant will provide general commentary on individual presentations and discuss how the studies help advance the research within the areas of health, sport, and fitness. Recipients of the 2026 HSF SIG Small Research Grant will be announced at the end of the session.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): fitness, health, physical activity, self-monitoring
Target Audience:

graduate students, researchers, behavior analysts interested in the application of behavior analysis to health, sport, and fitness

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify at least three behavior analytic strategies used to promote skill acquisition or behavior change in the areas of health, sport, or fitness, based on the research presented.
2. Participants will be able to describe the specific outcomes of using the specific beahvioral interventions as demonstrated in the studies.
3. Participants will be able to evaluate how the presented research advances the application of behavior analysis in health, sport, and fitness.
 
Investigating the Efficacy of TAGTeach to Teach Yoga Among College Students
KAITLYN WYLLIE (Georgia Southern University), Jennifer Wertalik (Georgia Southern University- Armstrong)
Abstract: Recent data suggests a concerning increase in mental health challenges among college students. Untreated mental health conditions can have significant negative consequences on college students’ lives such as poor academic performance, hindered social relationships, reduced quality of life, and increased risk of substance abuse. Yoga may offer a potential option to help tackle mental health problems among college students. TAGteach (Teaching with Acoustical Guidance) offers an intervention package that has been shown to improve performance in areas of sports and athletic activities. However, to date only one study has investigated the use of TAGteach with yoga instruction (Ennett et al., 2020). The current study systematically replicated Ennett and colleagues (2020) by examining the effects of TAGteach to teach beginner yoga poses to college students. We compared two error-correction procedures: standard TAGteach and TAGteach with reduced practice, to assess the impact on skill acquisition, maintenance, and generalization. This presentation will discuss results and provide practical recommendations for applying TAGteach within health and wellness programs, as well as provide directions for future research.
 
Evaluation of Individualized Steps per Minute Thresholds for Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity in Children and Adults
AUSTIN SPEARS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sophia Barsanti (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Leah Cahoon (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Taryn Saunders (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Current U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) recommendations for moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) are not being met by the majority of the population. Behavioral interventions aimed at increasing physical activity (PA) have sought to address this by focusing on increasing metrics such as steps or heart rate (HR) to levels assumed to be indicative of engagement in MVPA, but the guidelines utilized are often based on standardized recommendations which fail to account for individual variation in physical fitness and anthropometrics. A study by Van Camp et al. (2021) evaluated the use of an individualized heart rate assessment (IHRA) procedure to determine individualized HR zones for light, moderate, and vigorous PA in children. This study aimed to replicate the procedure described by Van Camp et al. (2021) with both children and adults and to extend this prior research by using the IHRA to determine individualized steps per min thresholds for light, moderate, and vigorous PA.
 
The Effects of Self-Management on Portion Control Consumption
AMBER LAMPERT (Florida Institute of Technology; Acorn Health), Jonathan K Fernand (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The National Institute of Health’s National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute states overeating is the most frequent cause of obesity. Obesity is a leading cause of preventable deaths and disabilities in the U.S. (Huber et al., 2015). According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), 9 in 10 people do not consume enough fruits and vegetables. Overeating and consumption of calorie-dense foods have resulted in 20% of children aged 2-19 and 42% of adults being diagnosed with obesity, increasing their risks of resulting complications from this deadly disease (CDC, 2022). As a result, obesity is estimated to shorten the overall life expectancy of an individual by 5 to 20 years (Trucil et al., 2015; Hausman et al., 2014). This study examines the effects of self-management on portion control consumption adding additional self-management components in each phase. The phases the participants took part in were baseline, written instructions, self-management of food groups, and goal setting. This step-by-step process has assisted in understanding the critical components needed in self-management to monitor portion size consumption across meals.
 
 
Symposium #371
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Recent Advances in Preference Assessments
Monday, May 26, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine)
Discussant: Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University)
CE Instructor: Tracy Argueta, Ph.D.
Abstract: Preference assessments are a common tool for identifying putative reinforcers for individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders (NDDs) in both research and practice. Although there have been many advancements in preference assessment technology, preference assessments often have practical limitations (e.g., time consuming, do not provide a hierarchy) that impact their utility. The current symposium includes two presentations aimed at addressing some of the practical issues related to preference assessments. The first presentation reports on the correspondence between the results of a bracketed preference assessment (BPA) and a paired stimulus preference assessment (PSPA) completed by children with NDDs. The study also reports data on the relative efficiency of both assessments. The second presentation reports on the correspondence between duration and partial interval recording data collected by behavior analytic research assistants during free operant preference assessments conducted with children on the autism spectrum. Finally, the discussant will provide commentary on these studies and review potential implications.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): measurement, preference assessments
Target Audience: Familiarity with the procedures as well as the advantages and disadvantages of free operant, paired stimulus, and multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessments. Familiarity with duration and partial interval recording data and their advantages and disadvantages for data interpretation.
Learning Objectives: 1. List the advantages and disadvantages of partial interval recording and duration recording during free operant assessments
2. List the advantages and disadvantages of paired stimulus preference assessments
3. Describe the bracketed preference assessments and how it compares to a paired stimulus preference assessment
 
Evaluating a Bracketed Preference Assessment
Mackenzie Rae Fowler (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caeli Virginia Cormier (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), TRACY ARGUETA (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine), Prerana Atreya (EvalGroup)
Abstract: Paired stimulus preference assessments (PSPA) can establish clear preference hierarchies but can be time-consuming. As an alternative, we evaluated a bracketed preference assessment (BPA) modeled after double-elimination tournament brackets and designed to potentially reduce assessment duration while producing a hierarchy of top stimuli. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to compare the correspondence between and relative efficiency of a BPA and a PSPA at with children on the autism spectrum or diagnosed with related neurodevelopmental disorders. We analyzed item selection (percentages and rankings), assessment duration, and Spearman rank correlations. Results indicated that the top stimulus from the BPA remained the top stimulus in the PSPA for some participants and remained in the top three stimuli across both assessments for most participants. Additionally, Spearman rank correlations were generally greater than .6 and, on average, the BPA was briefer than the PSPA. These results suggest the BPA may be a viable alternative to PSPAs and implications of these results will be discussed.
 

Comparing Duration and Partial Interval Recording During Free Operant Preference Assessments

BROOKE FRANKS-JACOBUCCI (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christy Louis (Georgia State University), Darko Cabo (Georgia State University), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University), Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine), Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Free-operant preference assessments rank engagement with potential reinforcers in an unrestricted environment. Data for these assessments are commonly collected using either continuous or discontinuous measures, but it is unclear which measure results in more reliable data. This study compared the results of free-operant preference assessments between data collected using partial-interval and duration measures. Specifically, we investigated a) agreement of the highest-preferred items between measures b) correlation between all rankings across measures c) interobserver agreement for each system, and d) whether outcomes varied across 5-, 10-, and 15-min assessment durations. Participants were trained observers who each scored recordings of 10 free-operant preference assessments. They scored each assessment twice, once using duration and once using partial-interval recording. They collected duration data by recording the total duration that the individual interacted with an item. They scored partial-interval data by recording whether the individual interacted with each during any part of a 10-sec interval. Findings suggest ranking of potentially reinforcing items is similar across partial interval and duration methods of collecting data in a free-operant preference assessment. Agreement between both measures increased as the duration of the assessment increased. Additionally, we found notable differences in assessment outcome as a function of assessment duration.

 
 
Panel #372
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Navigating Challenges and Developing Solutions for Behavior Analysis Experiential Learning in On-Campus and Online Programs
Monday, May 26, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Laura Barcelos-Nomicos, Ph.D.
Chair: Swathi Ragulan (University of Nevada, Reno)
EMILY L. BAXTER (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
GENEVIEVE M DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno)
LAURA BARCELOS-NOMICOS (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

In today’s changing educational environment meeting the need for appropriate experiential learning for students in behavior analysis can prove to be extremely challenging. This panel will discuss the unique challenges that arise in providing high-quality experiential learning for behavior analysis students across multiple settings. The first issue encountered by most programs is finding and fostering relationships with experiential learning sites. This issue is followed quickly with concerns regarding quality control and oversight. Maintaining consistency of experience across programs when each site offers different training protocols offers additional difficulties. Many solutions to these concerns require levels of staff and support that are not possible for most programs. Panelists will offer insights into the specific difficulties encountered by their programs and propose solutions that align with current educational standards and technology. Panelists will review challenges related to experiential learning for an on-campus undergraduate program, an on-campus graduate program, and for an online graduate program.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify ways to monitor quality of experiential learning
2. Identify procedures for facilitating community partnerships with training sites
3. Develop processes for maintaining consistency in experiential learning
4. Identify strategies for improving quality of supervision
Keyword(s): higher education, practicum
 
 
Invited Paper Session #374
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
A Revival of Clinical Behavior Analysis: The Case of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy
Monday, May 26, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Amanda M Muñoz-Martinez, Ph.D.Clinical Psychologist
Presenting Author: AMANDA M MUÑOZ-MARTINEZ (Universidad de Los Andes, Colombia)
Abstract:

Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) stands as a clear example of how Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) can be applied with precision and fidelity to promote meaningful change in one-on-one interactions, including the therapeutic relationship. While many behavioral therapies have adopted mid-level terms to explain their effectiveness, FAP has remained firmly rooted in behavioral analytic principles. The theoretical underpinnings of FAP have consistently aligned with behavioral principles, focusing on the contingencies of reinforcement present in the therapeutic interaction. Research on FAP has particularly emphasized in single-case designs, which measure the interactional contingencies and demonstrate their covariation with client behavior both within and outside the session. In many ways, FAP fulfills the "dream of the therapeutic session as a laboratory" envisioned by C. Ferster, bringing the rigor of behavior analysis into the therapy room. This presentation will explore how FAP exemplifies the power of behavioral principles and procedures when applied to the therapeutic context, showing that clinical change is not only possible but also measurable when behavioral principles are used with care and precision.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in mental health

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify the main contributions of FAP to Behavior Analysis, particularly to BA.
2. Participants will describe the key behavioral principles of FAP and its focus on reinforcement contingencies in therapy.
3. Participants will analyze and interpret the evidence on FAP and its relevenace for CBA
 
AMANDA M MUÑOZ-MARTINEZ (Universidad de Los Andes, Colombia)

Amanda Muñoz-Martínez received her Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology from the University of Nevada, Reno. She is a Certified Functional Analytic Psychotherapy Trainer (FAP trainer) and member of the FAP Certification, Policy, and Ethics Board (FAP CEP). Amanda is currently an Associate Professor at the Universidad de Los Andes (Colombia).

Amanda’s main research interest is optimizing and evaluating principle-based therapies for improving clients’ and stakeholders’ well-being, particularly, in Latin America. She is the director of ContigoLab that focused on the following research areas in clinical behavior analysis: (a) assessment of mechanisms of change in behavioral-based interventions, and (b) optimization and evaluation across diverse contexts and populations of contextually-based intervention such as Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT), Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), FAP, and so forth. From her research efforts, she has published several articles in peer-review journals (Q1 to Q4, SJR index). She has also written books with recognized book editorials such as Routledge.

As a FAP trainer, she has facilitated several trainings for English- and Spanish-Speakers to enhance interpersonal skills and create meaningful relationships.

 
 
Special Event #375
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Diversity submission Award for Distinguished Contributions to DEI: Affirmative Behavior Therapy: What Is It and Who Does the Affirming?
Monday, May 26, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: DEI
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Christopher Martell, Ph.D.
 
Diversity submission 

Award for Distinguished Contributions to DEI: Affirmative Behavior Therapy: What Is It and Who Does the Affirming?

Abstract:

This address provides a review of the work of Christopher Martell, 2025 recipient of the ABAI Diversity Award. Dr. Martell was first author of a 2004 book on providing Cognitive Behavioral Therapies in an affirmative manner with Lesbian, Gay and Bisexual Clients, the first such book to do this. Affirmative therapies not only apply to sexual or gender minority individuals. The admonition “nothing about us without us” from various disability and diversity advocates is relevant in work with any minoritized or marginalized groups. Affirmative behavior analysis accounts for the role of culture and can provide insight into behavioral change that is relevant to individuals and non-discrimatory. Dr. Martell will speak to the process by which affirmative CBT for LGB clients was begun, and how taking an affirmative stance can extend to functional analytic treatments like behavioral activation.

 
CHRISTOPHER MARTELL (University of Massachusetts Amherst)
 
Christopher Martell, Ph.D., ABPP is Director of the Psychological Services Center and Professor of Practice in the Department of Psychological and Brain Sciences at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst Massachusetts, USA. Dr. Martell is first author of one of the first books on CBT with sexual minority clients, and has co-authored many chapters and articles on affirmative care with sexual minority and gender diverse clients. He was in private practice in Seattle, Washington for 23 years prior to turning his attention to training the next generation of students. He has conducted workshops around the world on topics of behavioral interventions for depression, and on conducting LGBTQ+ affirmative CBT. Dr. Martell is known internationally for his work on Behavioral Activation (BA) in the treatment of depression and other disorders, and provides clinical consultation and training on BA worldwide.
 
 
 
Paper Session #377
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
A Conceptual Review and Contingency Analysis of Observational Learning
Monday, May 26, 2025
9:30 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 149 AB
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Advanced
CE Instructor: Sydney J Berkman, Ph.D.
 
A Conceptual Review and Contingency Analysis of Observational Learning
Domain: Theory
SYDNEY J BERKMAN (Operants Magazine; B. F. Skinner Foundation), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children, Western New England University), David C. Palmer (Smith College)
 
Abstract: Behavior analysts have traditionally explained observational learning in one of two ways. Molar accounts involve appeals to historical consequence patterns: reinforcement for imitating reinforced responses and for not imitating punished responses and punishment for imitating punished responses and for failing to imitate reinforced responses. Molecular accounts involve appeals to stimulus control of the observer’s response established by observing the consequence of the modeled response. Lacking from these interpretations is sufficient detail of a single instance of observational learning to account for variability in the data and to remediate when observational learning does not occur. The central focus of this review is to review behavior-analytic theory and research on observational learning and present a moment-by-moment contingency analysis for four different patterns of observational learning: no consequence, imitative, nonimitative, and neutral. A molecular account of these different patterns of observational learning will allow behavior analysts to account for variability in data and to develop avenues of instructional remediation and empirical research.
 
Target Audience:

Attendees should have strong foundations in behavioral philosophy and basic familiarity with behavioral concepts and phenomena such as observing responses, automatic conditioned reinforcement, and establishment of covert behavior.

 
 
Symposium #379
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Evaluating Visual Scene Display Layouts on Electronic Augmentative and Alterative Communication Systems for Young Autistic Children
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Waikato)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth R. Lorah, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will present recent research on the use of visual scene displays as an alternative to traditional grid displays for high-tech augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems, when used with beginning AAC users, who are also autistic children. Visual scene displays offer beginning AAC users with contextually relevant scenes, that provide a digitized voice output when “hotspots” within the scene are selected. For many AAC users the inclusion of such contextually relevant information yields faster acquisition, when compared to a traditional grid display. In addition to research on visual scene displays, this symposium will also present studies that evaluate AAC use for verbal operants that including tactng and intraverbals. This research is critical as there have been recent calls for research on AAC that evaluates operants beyond the basic mand. The benefits of visual scene displays and limitations of traditional grid displays for high tech AAC will also be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, Verbal Behavior, VSD
Target Audience: Experience with AAC and verbal behavior teaching for individuals with complex communication needs.
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the benefits of visual scene displays
2. Disucss the limtiations of grid displays for AAC
3. Describe strategies for AAC use beyond the basic mand
 

Using Visual Scene Displays (VSDs) to Support School Readiness Skills for Children With Developmental Disabilities

BRENNA R GRIFFEN (Louisiana State University-Shreveport), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Nicolette Sammarco Caldwell (The University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

While research shows that augmentative and alternative communication intervention can effectively support communication from children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD), research on its impact on school readiness skills is limited. In a series of two studies, we evaluated the effectiveness of an AAC intervention, including a high-tech AAC with a personalized color photo visual scene display (VSD) with modeling, time delay, prompting and social praise to teach two preschool aged children with IDD to respond to personal information questions and tact colors. Both objectives were consistent with the participants’ state kindergarten readiness standards. In Study 1, both participants mastered the skill of responding accurately and independently to questions, including “What is your first name?”; “What is your last name?”; and “How old are you?”. In Study 2, both participants acquired the ability to independently tact three different colors. In addition, all skills generalized to novel settings with novel instructors for both participants. These two studies demonstrate that children with IDD may begin to build communication skills that align with school readiness standards, providing them increased opportunities to participate fully and meaningfully in general education curricula upon entering kindergarten.

 

The Use of Visual Scene Displays During Shared Book Reading

MADISON MADDOX (University of Arkansas), Grace Morgan Booth (72701), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) can play a role in cultivating initial communication skills for individuals with complex communication needs. It can come in multiple forms, such as signs, communication boards, speech generating devices, and mobile technology with AAC applications (Light, J., et. al., 2019). AAC is designed to assist individuals who have difficulty with vocal output. The purpose of the study was to compare the usage between two different communication applications during a shared activity. This study depicted a replication with a variation, looking at the frequency of turns taken and interaction among two different interventions. Phase one consisted of standard care with the participant’s own personal augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) device with Proloquo2Go that displayed a grid layout. It was customized for their own personal use. The second phase consisted of the Scene and Heard application, with a personalized visual scene display (VSD). The VSDs depicted pictures of the book pages, with different hot spots that portrayed sounds that aligned with the book when pressed. Overall, the study's results indicated it is possible to improve peer interactions among children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) without disrupting the balance in their relationships.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #380
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/IBAO
Behavioral and Biological Mechanisms of Intravenous Fentanyl Use and Withdrawal When Xylazine is Used as an Adulterant
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
CE Instructor: Maria G. Valdovinos, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CASSANDRA GIPSON-REICHARDT (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

The opioid landscape has recently shifted to include xylazine, a veterinary anesthetic, as an adulterant in the illicit fentanyl supply. The health impacts of xylazine as an emerging fentanyl adulterant has raised alarm, warranting research on the impacts of xylazine on fentanyl’s behavioral and biological effects. Thus, we evaluated the effects of xylazine on fentanyl demand and withdrawal as compared to the FDA-approved opioid withdrawal medication, lofexidine (Lucemyra®). This is important because lofexidine and xylazine are both adrenergic α2a agonists, however, lofexidine is not a noted fentanyl adulterant. Using a rodent self-administration model, we evaluated the effects of xylazine or lofexidine on fentanyl demand, body weight, and withdrawal. Evaluations of effects as a function of sex as a biological variable was important because clinical experiences indicate that women experience more severe fentanyl withdrawal symptomatology compared to men, and we have previously shown that females are more susceptible to withdrawal compared to males. We next evaluated body weight changes and determined that body weight loss may be an important translational indicator of withdrawal severity from xylazine and fentanyl. Finally, we evaluated gastrointestinal consequences of xylazine/fentanyl co-use to determine if fentanyl pharmacokinetics can be therapeutically targeted to reduce withdrawal severity.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: 1. Define consequences of fentanyl use
2. Understand models of drug addiction
3. Characterize translational outcomes relevant to fentanyl and xylazine withdrawal
 
CASSANDRA GIPSON-REICHARDT (University of Kentucky)

Dr. Cassandra Gipson-Reichardt is a tenured Associate Professor in the Department of Pharmacology and Nutritional Sciences at the University of Kentucky. She is currently the Program Chair-Elect for the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and the President-Elect for Division 28 of the American Psychological Association. Her research program focuses on elucidating neurobehavioral mechanisms underlying substance use by leveraging preclinical rodent models, focusing on translation of clinical substances use patterns. From these efforts, Dr. Gipson-Reichardt developed the first intravenous self-administration model of xylazine/fentanyl co-use in rats, deriving aspects of the model directly from surveillance signals from the illicit drug supply. Her lab studies neurobehavioral underpinnings of addiction, focusing on factors that impact glutamatergic and dopaminergic signaling and neural circuit adaptations during drug use, including endogenously cycling and synthetic contraceptive hormones as well as neuroimmune dysfunction within the brain reward pathway. Her lab also focuses on nicotine self-administration as well as polysubstance use involving opioids and psychostimulants and ethanol and nicotine. 

 
 
Symposium #381
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Putting the MATRIX Project Into Action: An Update on Projects of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (SIG)
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Amanda N. Chastain (University of Illinois Chicago / Oregon Institute of Technology )
Discussant: Emmanuel Z. Tourinho (Universidade Federal do Para / Federal University of Para)
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Chastain, M.A.
Abstract:

The mission of Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) is to expand applications of behavior analysis and cultural analysis addressing global issues such as social justice, environmental justice, and human rights. For the past several years BFSR has been using a matrix analysis (Biglan, 1995; Mattaini, 2013) to identify the practices that support, oppose, motivate, and select the development and utilization of scientific behavioral systems to address social issues. Upon identifying 28 societal sectors, work groups comprised of SIG members have been applying the matrix analyses to various issues of social importance. The symposium aims to highlight the work of two of those work groups, the Public Health Work Group, and the Public Policy Work Group. Each of these presentations will provide an update on recent actions taken by each work group as members carry out the mission of the BFSR SIG and the matrix project. Implications and future directions will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Culturo-behavior science, Matrix Project, public health, public policy
Target Audience:

A basic understanding of the fundamental concepts and principles of behavior analysis (i.e., principles of reinforcement) would support audience members in understanding the content discussed in this presentation. Additionally, while it is not required to understand, some knowledge of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibilities Matrix Analysis may be beneficial.

Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss updates on recent practices and outcomes of practices put forth by the Public Policy Work Group of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG)
2. Discuss updates on recent practices and outcomes of practices put forth by the Public Health Work Group of the BFSR SIG
3. Identify ways in which the matrix analysis can further support targeting social issues such as those related to public policy and public health.
 

Integrating Public Health and Behavior Science: Updates from the Public Health Work

JONATHAN A. SCHULZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Traci M. Cihon (Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network & Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Elizabeth Schieber (dfusion Inc.), Crystal M. Slanzi (California State University, Los Angeles), Sarah Catherine Weinsztok (Rutgers University), Patricia I. Wright (ProofPositive: Autism Wellbeing Alliance)
Abstract:

The purpose of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) Public Health Work Group is to explore the intersection between behavioral science and public health. This Work Group explores the ways in which behavioral and public health scientists can collaborate and learn from one another to develop strategies that improve population level outcomes. Previous work by the Work Group includes creating a fact sheet for public health as an ABA subspeciality area for the BACB website, presenting posters and symposium at the ABAI’s Annual Convention, and developing a special section on human behavior and public health for Behavior and Social Issues. Currently, the group is collaborating with other BFSR chapters to facilitate communication and create learning opportunities, identifying faculty who may provide opportunities for students to work in public health areas, building a comprehensive database that contains information on behavioral friendly public health programs, highlighting people who are working in both public health and behavior analysis, listing language that is necessary to work in both areas, and creating panels and posters for behavior analytic conferences.

 

Introducing the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) Public Policy Work Group

Amanda N. Chastain (University of Illinois Chicago / Oregon Institute of Technology), ANDREA QUYNH MAI HOANG (Utah State University), David Legaspi (The Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network; Utah State University), Emma Preston (Utah State), Deborah A. Napolitano (Daemen University), Lindsay Cohen (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network & Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract:

The Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) recently established the Public Policy Work Group to strengthen the role and influence of behavioral science and practice in public policy, and facilitate large-scale social change. This group aims to collaborate with key stakeholders and promote policy engagement, thereby increasing the visibility and impact of behavior analysis on pressing societal issues. Since its formation at ABAI in 2024, the group has connected with other ABAI-affiliated public policy organizations, expanded its membership, and launched subcommittees focused on specific policy areas such as education and healthcare. Additionally, efforts are to cultivate relationships with government officials and lobbyists to further its mission. This presentation will provide an overview of the Public Policy Work Group’s establishment, highlighting its current goals and outlining future directions for fostering greater involvement of behavioral science in public policy initiates. Ultimately, the group aims to establish behavioral science as a vital resource in addressing complex social challenges.

 
 
Symposium #382
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Considerations on Restraint Application and Removal in Clinical Practice
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Thurka Thillainathan (Brock University)
Discussant: Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Adam M. Briggs, Ph.D.
Abstract: A subset of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities engage in high-risk challenging behavior that may result in profound injury (e.g., disfigurement, tissue damage) to themself and others, which can significantly impact their quality of life. When less restrictive approaches do not reduce the high-risk challenging behavior, there exists a substantial risk of harm. Thus, in these situations, it may be prudent to apply restrictive procedures concurrently with reinforcement-based approaches to prevent harm and instigate behavior change. Presently, demographic research suggests restraint applications are frequently observed across sectors. However, a thorough understanding of the factors predicting restraint application in certain subsets of this clinical population remains limited, with relatively little research focused on the effective, efficient, and ethical reduction of restraints. The purpose of this symposium is to feature two complementary talks that address these gaps in the literature by disseminating key findings related to restraint application and important resources for restraint fading considerations. The first presentation will describe a study enacting multilevel analyses to examine determinants of emergency restraint application in adolescents with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in high-risk challenging behavior. The second presentation will describe a restriction removal framework for clinical application to systematically and effectively fade restraints.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, ethics, least-restrictive, restraints
Target Audience: Attendees will benefit from having: (1) prior exposure to restraint literature; (2) previous clinical or research experience with restraints and severe high-risk behaviors; and (3) a solid understanding of the implementation of comprehensive multi-component programming (e.g., restraints applied concurrently with reinforcement-based approaches) to support individuals engaging in severe high-risk behaviors.
Learning Objectives: 1. identify common risk factors associated with restraint application in children and adolescents across various clinical populations
2. identify participant and emergency physical restraint application characteristics in children and adolescents with intellectual and developmental disabilities who are outpatient service recipients
3. identify restrictive interventions
4. describe a process for systematically removing restrictive interventions
 

Factors Associated With Restraint Application in Children and Adolescents With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Displaying Severe Challenging Behavior

ASUDE AYVACI (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Daniel R. Mitteer (Emory University)
Abstract:

According to recent demographic studies, emergency physical restraints (PR) are still widely used, with prevalence rates ranging from 11%–78% across service sectors (Fitton & Jones, 2020). Behavior analysts may recommend PR when severe challenging behavior (CB) poses significant safety risks (e.g., intense aggression causing severe tissue damage; Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020, Ethics Code 2.14 & 2.15; Vollmer et al., 2011). Most PR literature features inpatient psychiatric populations despite the prevalence of restraints among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The current study partnered Rutgers University and Brock University. The multilevel analysis was informed by retrospective outpatient data (N = 12) from children and adolescents with intellectual and developmental disability who required emergency PRs. The study aimed to a) examine participant and restraint application characteristics and trends, and b) determine if CB severity at intake predicted latency to restraint application. Descriptive analysis results suggested most participants were experiencing polypharmacy, received moderate to high scores on the partnering agency’s CB severity tool, and primarily exhibited tangible or multiply controlled CB. Regarding restraint characteristics, the average restraint rate was 0.091 per hr. Regression results indicated that the median CB severity score significantly predicted latency to the first restraint applications. Clinical implications will be discussed.

 
Considerations for Restriction Removal
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Stapleton (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020) specifies that “behavior analysts must continually evaluate and document the effectiveness of restriction or punishment-based procedures and modify or discontinue the behavior-change intervention in a timely manner if it is ineffective” (p. 12). However, there is limited guidance on how to systematically and effectively discontinue or remove restriction-based procedures once they are utilized in clinical practice. Although some examples of restriction removal processes have been described in previous research, these examples alone do not sufficiently explain the nuances that must be considered when attempting to remove restrictions in the various treatment contexts in which they might be used. Thus, there is a need for more resources to guide clinical practice in this area. The purpose of this talk is to describe a restriction removal framework that can be adapted by clinicians working in a wide variety of treatment contexts to help discontinue or remove restriction-based procedures from treatment plans.
 
 
Symposium #383
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO — 
Ethics
Constructional Coaching: A Collaborative Approach to Building Meaningful and Sustainable Outcomes
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Leah Herzog (PEER International)
Discussant: T. V. Joe Layng (Institute for Applied Behavioral Science, Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Maribel Castillo Stikeleather, M.Ed.
Abstract:

This symposium explores the application of Constructional Coaching, based on the collaborative approach described by Goldiamond (1974) and Liden and Rosales-Ruiz (2024) to promote meaningful and sustainable behavior change across diverse settings. Constructional Coaching builds skills and expands repertoires to access reinforcers, rather than directly eliminating problem behaviors so that individuals autonomously set goals, develop strategies, and implement plans that align with their values and needs. The symposium illustrates how Constructional Coaching principles, applied through directive and non-directive strategies, can be adapted to online educational settings to support student engagement in completing online programs and improve elementary school teachers’ decision-making. Data from various case studies, including learners of public elementary schools, illustrate how Constructional Coaching enhances participants’ ability to manage their lives and achieve goals. Two presentations demonstrate how Constructional Coaching principles, applied to identify and build upon current repertoires, resulting in improvement and greater autonomy. This symposium highlights the effectiveness of Constructional Coaching as a scalable, evidence-based model for those working to foster independence, competence, and long-term satisfaction in their clients. By providing a flexible and collaborative framework, Constructional Coaching supports a diverse range of individuals in creating and maintaining progress using Nonlinear Contingency Analysis (Layng, et al., 2022).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Constructional coaching, Nonlinear approach, Student engagement
Target Audience:

For Intermediate level, participants should have: 1. Basic Understanding of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Principles: Attendees should be familiar with core ABA concepts, including reinforcement, punishment, shaping, stimulus control, and behavior-analytic techniques. 2. Experience with Data Collection and Analysis: Participants should have experience in collecting, recording, and analyzing behavioral data using methods such as direct observation, frequency recording, and preference assessments. 3. Experience in supervised practice or previous coursework related to the delivery of behavior-analytic services, including goal-setting, intervention planning, and monitoring progress.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify and apply constructional coaching strategies that build upon existing strengths and repertoires to promote sustainable behavior change in diverse settings, including online educational environments.
2. Participants will be able to analyze behavioral data to assess the variables that maintain student engagement and learning how to utilize this information to tailor coaching interventions that align with individual’s goals and values.
3. Participants will be able to integrate ethical and culturally responsive practices into their constructional coaching approach, ensuring that interventions are individualized and maintain student autonomy while meeting BACB ethical standards.
 

Investigating Variables Maintaining Student Engagement in Online Programs Using Constructional Coaching

MARIBEL CASTILLO STIKELEATHER (Behavioral Teaching Solutions LLC / Simmons University), Philip N. Chase (Simmons University)
Abstract:

This study investigates the variables that maintain student engagement in online programs through the lens of constructional coaching, following the collaborative approach outlined by Goldiamond (1974) and Liden and Rosales-Ruiz (2024). Engagement is a critical factor in academic success, particularly in online learning, where maintaining consistent participation can be challenging. The research aims to identify and analyze the reinforcers and contingencies that sustain engagement, using constructional coaching strategies to strengthen and expand these variables. A cohort of undergraduate students in an online program will be studied using qualitative and quantitative methods to gather data on factors influencing engagement, such as task completion, participation, and satisfaction levels. Constructional coaching techniques, including goal-setting, self-monitoring, and tailored reinforcement schedules, will be applied to increase engagement and build autonomous, adaptive repertoires. The presentation demonstrates how these strategies promote sustainable behavior change by expanding existing strengths rather than eliminating deficits. The study contributes to developing a scalable, evidence-based model that enhances student autonomy, competence, and long-term academic success in online education. This aligns with the symposium’s emphasis on applying constructional coaching principles across diverse settings, illustrating how these techniques can effectively foster meaningful, self-sustaining behavior change.

 

The Teacher Knows Best: Designing Professional Development for Video Conferences in Gqeberha, South Africa

LEAH HERZOG (PEER International), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy & PEER International), Kelsia Lauren King (Prospect Academy; Peer International)
Abstract:

In the field of behavior analysis, we often say the “learner knows best”, in that the learners’ behavior should guide the teacher’s decision making. The same philosophy should be adopted when teachers themselves are the learners. Professional development designed by PEER International (Partnerships for Educational Excellence and Research) utilized a Constructional Approach whereby the training goals are set by the teachers, informed by their repertoires, and their report of learner performance. Implementation strategies were guided by the current relevant repertoire of the teachers. With over a hundred learners per grade, the common Department of Education procedure allows for samples of learners and not a full classroom to be assessed. As the need for data of all learners became apparent, PEER created an assessment for every learner to complete with a Diagnostic Prescriptive grid for each class that followed. A second assessment, a Word Problem reading assessment was designed and administered to inform the teaching of specific objectives related to solving Word Problems. PEER designed instructional material and shared other materials from Morningside Press, Spring Math, and other publishers. Video conferencing and one in-person visit to South Africa provided modeling and practice of Precision Teaching with frequency building and direct instruction.

 
 
Symposium #385
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Antecedent-Based Interventions for Behavioral Excellence in Classrooms
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Madeline Risse (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Madeline Risse, M.S.
Abstract:

Challenging behavior in the classroom setting can negatively impact teacher implementation of classroom management strategies and lead to poorer student outcomes and increased risk for teacher burnout (Fernet et al., 2012; Garwood et al., 2017; Gilmour et al., 2022). When challenging classroom behaviors are targeted through antecedent-based interventions, such as physical exercise or relaxation techniques, improved academic and social outcomes have been observed. Moreover, evidence-based strategies such as differential reinforcement have been shown to be effective at reducing challenging behavior (Boniecki & Moore, 2003; Petscher et al., 2009). This symposium will focus on three presentations highlighting interventions that have been successful in reducing disruptive behavior and increasing appropriate behavior in school-based settings. The first presentation will be an evaluation of the effectiveness of brief video-based PMR to increase academic engagement in the classroom. The second presentation will focus on using brain breaks® to increase on-task behavior and decrease disruptive behaviors of elementary school students. Finally, the third presentation evaluates antecedent physical exercise on elementary school students' academic engagement and task completion. Collectively, these studies represent school-based intervention approaches to decrease challenging behavior and promote optimal academic engagement exhibited by students in the classroom setting.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): academic engagement, antecedent intervention, elementary, school
Target Audience:

teachers or school-based behavior analysts interested in interventions to promote academic and behavioral excellence

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn the basis of physical activity as an antecedent exercise and how it can be applied within the classroom setting to increase academic engagement and task completion.
2. Participants will learn the basics of progressive muscle relaxation and how it can be applied in the classroom as an antecedent-based intervention to increase academic engagement.
3. Participants will be able to summarize the effects of antecedent exercise programs, such as Brain Breaks®, on students on task and disruptive behaviors in a classroom setting.
 
The Use of Proactive Progressive Muscle Relaxation to Increase Academic Engagement for Elementary School Students
Lillian McCook (33701), CECILIA PANNONE (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Marissa Del Vecchio (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Disruptive behavior in classroom settings has been identified as a major challenge, leading to reduced academic engagement and increased teacher burnout. When these behaviors are targeted through antecedent-based interventions, such as relaxation techniques, improved academic and social outcomes have been observed. Progressive Muscle Relaxation (PMR) has been shown to decrease disruptive behavior in the classroom and increase academic engagement. Furthermore, the integration of technology into the educational setting may alleviate some of the burden on educators and enhance the learning experience for students. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of brief video based PMR to increase academic engagement in the classroom. Participants in this study included three upper elementary school students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in a special education unit in a public school in southern Florida. An ABAB reversal design was utilized to assess the effectiveness of video-based PMR sessions to increase academic engagement. Compared to the first baseline phase, a moderate increase in academic engagement was observed across all three participants. Upon return to baseline, similar levels of academic engagement were observed compared to the first baseline phase for all participants. Data collection is still ongoing at this time.
 
Using Brain Breaks® to Increase On-Task Behavior and Decrease Disruptive Behaviors of Elementary School Students
CLAUDIA CAROLINA REYES (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Marissa Del Vecchio (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Off-task and disruptive behaviors are some of the greatest causes to loss of instructional time in the classroom and lead to poor academic achievement (Luiselli et al., 2002). To address these concerns, the implementation of antecedent exercise programs have been used to increase levels of on-task behavior and decrease the level of disruptive behaviors in students (Folino et al., 2014). More specifically, Brain Breaks® videos have been used to provide movement breaks between long periods of academics without the need for expensive equipment. Thus, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of Brain Breaks® for increasing student on-task and decreasing disruptive behavior in the classroom during academics. Participants in this study included first and second grade students in a general education classroom in a private elementary school in southern Florida. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of Brain Breaks® to increase students’ level of on-task behavior and decrease students’ level of disruptive behavior. Following implementation of Brain Breaks ®, the level of on-task behavior increased significantly from baseline levels across all three participants. A substantial decrease in students’ level of disruptive behavior was also observed following implementation of the intervention.
 
Improving Academic Engagement and Task Completion Using Antecedent Physical Exercise in an Elementary School Classroom
KEVIN OCHOA (University of South Florida), Grace Maxwell (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Madeline Risse (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Engaging students in physical activities prior to academic tasks has emerged as a highly promising approach to enhance academic engagement. Previous research has demonstrated that school-based interventions integrating antecedent physical exercise can significantly improve appropriate academic engagement. This study aims to systematically assess the impact of antecedent physical exercise on academic engagement and task completion of elementary school students. To achieve this, an ABAB reversal design will be used, allowing for a thorough evaluation of the intervention's effects. Participants in this study included three first grade elementary school students within a general education classroom in a public school in southern Florida. Compared to the first baseline phase, an increase in academic engagement was observed across all three participants. Upon return to baseline, similar levels of academic engagement were observed compared to the first baseline phase for all participants. Data collection is still ongoing at this time. By investigating these outcomes, this research contributes to our understanding of the role of physical exercise in promoting optimal academic engagement.
 
 
Panel #386
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Innovative Models of Interprofessional Education at Institutions of Higher Education
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Juliana Aguilar, Ph.D.
Chair: Juliana Aguilar (Purdue University)
JAIME MICHAEL BRANAMAN (University of New Mexico)
DEBRA BERRY MALMBERG (California State University, Northridge)
ERIN ROTHERAM-FULLER (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Children with high intensity needs (HIN), such as autism, are at an increased risk for challenges across academic, social-communication, adaptive, and behavior development (Lyons et al., 2016). Comprehensive evidence-based practices (EBP) often require professionals with specialized training to carry out related services such as special education, speech therapy and behavior support. Uncoordinated programming efforts among professionals serving students with HIN may result in limited student growth and/or frustrated families and professionals (Emmons & Zager, 2018). Disjointed planning results in related service personnel working in silos to address target skills, each implementing different treatment plans for the same target outcomes. This inefficient use of personnel resources stunts student progress. Team planning, however, maximizes resources so effective interventions can be works together to address student outcomes (Donaldson & Stahmer, 2014). As professions evolve, the need for innovative models of clinical education are necessary. Interprofessional education (IPE) exposes students to collaborative practices by taking advantage of multidisciplinary environments (Petri & Anandaiah, 2021). This panel includes educators and students involved in training programs with a particular focus on interprofessional collaboration across applied behavior analysis (ABA), special education, and speech language pathology (SLP). These programs received funding from the Office of Special Education and Rehabilitation Programs (OSERP) professional training grants. Programs will discuss the theories and philosophies underlying their multidisciplinary training strategies, the training strategies embedded within their programs, and interprofessional outcomes collected by each program.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Knowledge of interprofessional practice and clinical training strategies
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe interprofessional practice
2. Highlight areas of collaboration between ABA, SLP, and SPED
3. Identify curricular and clinical training strategies to build interprofessional teaming
Keyword(s): Clinical Training, Higher Education, Interprofessional Collaboration
 
 
Panel #387
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Building New Leaders, Not Just Practitioners: Shaping the Future of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Professionals
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 A
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mary Ellen McDonald, Ph.D.
Chair: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University)
ERIN ARCHIBALD (Eden II Programs / The Genesis School)
ANYA K. SILVER (QSAC/ Hofstra University)
NATASHA J TREUMAN (Eden II Programs)
Abstract:

As Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) expands its reach and impact, it is essential to focus on developing leaders, not just practitioners, who can drive the field forward with integrity, innovation, and a commitment to behavior analysis. This session delves will focus on the importance of cultivating leadership skills in emerging behavior analysts, equipping them with the qualities needed to not only provide effective interventions but also to inspire, guide, and improve the field of Applied Behavior Analysis as a whole. Panelists will discuss mentorship, strategies for fostering independent thinking, and the cultivation of skills that go beyond clinical competency, such as ethical decision-making, effective communication, and collaborative problem-solving. Attendees will gain insights into creating training environments that encourage personal growth, resilience, and professional excellence, fostering a culture of lifelong learning and leadership among new professionals. This session will provide practical tools for supervisors, mentors, and educators looking to nurture the next generation of leaders. By shaping practitioners into capable, motivated leaders, we contribute to a brighter, more sustainable future for the field and those it serves. Join us in building a legacy of leadership within Applied Behavior Analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Those attending will either have experience as a supervisee or supervisor who The target audience includes: BCBA Supervisors and Managers, Clinical Directors, Program Coordinators, Those who oversee the work of newly certified practitioners or supervise trainees. These individuals will benefit from strategies to elevate their supervisory practices beyond clinical skill-building, focusing on leadership, ethical decision-making, and fostering independence. Experienced BCBAs Interested in Mentorship: Seasoned practitioners looking to contribute to the next generation of ABA professionals will benefit from learning effective mentorship techniques that emphasize leadership and professional growth. ABA Students and Early-Career Professionals: While not the primary audience, emerging professionals may also find value in understanding the expectations and skills necessary to become effective leaders within the field.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify Key Leadership Qualities: Recognize and describe the essential leadership qualities required for behavior analysts to drive innovation, integrity, and progress within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis.
2. Develop Mentorship and Training Strategies: Learn practical mentorship strategies and training methods that foster independent thinking, ethical decision-making, effective communication, and collaborative problem-solving skills among emerging behavior analysts.
3. Create a Culture of Lifelong Learning and Leadership: Identify ways to build training environments that support personal growth, resilience, and professional excellence, contributing to the development of motivated leaders dedicated to the long-term advancement of ABA.
Keyword(s): leadership, mentoring, professionals, training
 
 
Invited Paper Session #388
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP/IBAO
From the Learner’s View: Methods to Assess and Produce Coherent Stimulus Control Topographies
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
CE Instructor: Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: TOM CARIVEAU (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Efforts to teach individuals with and without neurodevelopmental disabilities might commonly suffer from what Saunders (2010) described as the rookie stimulus-control error: the misconception that reinforcement in the presence of some stimulus guarantees control by that stimulus. Decades of research findings have confirmed that certain experimental procedures, stimulus arrangements, or types of stimuli commonly result in control by conditions unintended by the behavior analyst. Sidman (2011) suggested that the “teacher must make sure that pupils see what they see” (p. 986). Fortunately, the behavior analyst can access several manuals and tutorials describing instructional arrangements to foster the development of control by the intended stimulus conditions, or said another way, to help the learner see what they see. Behavior analysts might also choose an alternative course: they might seek to understand what the learner sees or, at least, what the learner could see. This presentation will describe methods to assess and foster coherent stimulus control topographies, delusive sources of stimulus control, and gaps in the literature with implications for applied practices.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience includes individuals with a basic knowledge of stimulus control.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe methods to assess stimulus control topographies
2. Describe methods to arrange instructional conditions to produce coherent stimulus control topographies
3. Describe potential sources of stimulus control that might result from common instructional arrangements
 
TOM CARIVEAU (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Dr. Tom Cariveau is an Associate Professor and Coordinator of Graduate Programs in the Department of Psychology at the University of North Carolina Wilmington. There, he conducts applied research on skill acquisition and stimulus control in collaboration with a small team of exceptional graduate students. He received his Ph.D. from the University of Oregon under the mentorship of Dr. Tiffany Kodak and completed a postdoctoral fellowship at the Marcus Autism Center under the mentorship of Dr. Alice Shillingsburg. He is an associate editor for The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and the Journal of Behavioral Education and serves on the editorial boards of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Dr. Cariveau is the past president of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Symposium #389
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
We Need to Talk About This, Period: Teaching Menstrual Hygiene Skills to Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Emily E. Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Discussant: Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
CE Instructor: Emily E. Gallant, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Though caregivers of females with disabilities commonly express concerns about teaching feminine hygiene and other related skills, there is limited applied research focus in this area (Veazey et al., 2016). Additionally, many adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) face increased adversity in coping with and understanding the rapid physical, cognitive, emotional, and social changes experienced during puberty compared to neurotypical peers. Independence with feminine hygiene routines can potentially also impact access to social relationships and employment. As such, it is critical that clinical practitioners, caregivers, and other professionals can skillfully support individuals with ASD in acquiring this skill repertoire. To this end, this symposium will discuss ethical, compassionate intervention approaches developed in one-to-one behavior analytic school settings to prepare and support individuals with ASD to independently attend to their menstrual hygiene needs. Specifically, we will discuss (a) partnering with medical providers and caregivers to engage in ethical and culturally sensitive pre-menarche planning, (b) case studies illustrating individualized task analysis, intervention procedures, and modifications across learners with a variety of skill repertoires prior to and following menarche, (c) ancillary self-management skills taught to support learners’ independence, and (d) analysis of associations between menstrual symptoms and interfering behaviors, leading to subsequent individualized environmental modifications.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Menstrual hygiene, Menstruation, Self-help
Target Audience:

The target audience is behavior analysts serving individuals with autism spectrum disorder nearing or experiencing menarche and/or experiencing menstruation as well as those in training roles such as supervisors, clinical directors, or executive directors in organizations providing behavior-analytic intervention services.

Learning Objectives: 1. Name 3 ethical considerations in initiating conversations with caregivers surrounding teaching menstrual hygiene skills to learners with ASD
2. Name critical elements in and potentially-needed modifications to task analyses to teach menstrual hygiene skills to learners with ASD
3. Articulate ways in which self-management skills and analysis of correlative interfering behaviors can support the independence of learners with ASD who menstruate
 

Ethical Considerations in Preparing to Teach Menstrual Hygiene Skills to Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder

DANIELLE FUDACZ (Princeton Child Development Institute), Amanda Freeman (Princeton Child Development Institute), Stephanie Daley (Princeton Child Development Institute), Christa Kassalow (Princeton Child Development Institute), Lauren Szejner (Princeton Child Development Institute), Jennifer Ticehurst (Princeton Child Development Institute)
Abstract:

Determining when, what, how, and whose input to incorporate into teaching menstrual hygiene skills to learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a responsibility fraught with ethical implications. To put it mildly, balancing the ethical responsibility to advocate for learners’ needs with sensitivity to caregivers’ cultural and personal expectations, experiences, and comfort level discussing menstrual hygiene is no easy task. Yet, it is our duty as behavior analysts to address the needs of those we serve regardless of the challenges, unfamiliarity, or discomfort we may face in having such conversations or designing such procedures. In this presentation, we discuss our multi-site procedures and experiences incorporating the input and facilitative roles of school medical personnel and the value of rich histories of rapport-building with learners’ caregivers in productively navigating conversations and clinical timeline decision-making regarding the implementation of menstrual hygiene skills instruction for learners with ASD. We will specifically highlight considerations in individualizing conversations and discussion across learners and follow up by connecting these to pre-menarche intervention data across multiple learners.

 
Efficacy of Multi-Component Interventions for Menstrual Hygiene Skills Training
EMILY E. GALLANT (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Tori Baldassari (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Jessica Lamb (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Priya P Patil (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Debra Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract: Individual pre-existing skill repertoires and clinical learning profiles must necessarily influence intervention design for complex self-care behavior chain skills for learners with autism spectrum disorder. As such, this presentation will explore numerous ways in which multi-component intervention packages were individualized to successfully teach feminine hygiene skills by reviewing clinical performance data for six adolescent females with varying clinical self-care skill acquisition rate histories and pre-existing skill repertoire in a one-to-one behavior analytic school setting. We will specifically describe how we individualized and, as appropriate, made data-based modifications to: (a) response definitions and measurement procedures; (b) activity schedule intervention materials (e.g., presence, formats, component quantities, learner-specific task analyses, and fading decisions); (c) response prompting and prompt-fading strategies (e.g., prompting modalities, prompt-fading hierarchies, and specific prompt-fading sequences); (d) within-condition mastery criteria; and (e) programming for and assessing generalization and maintenance. Additionally, we will describe the extents to and specific ways in which interventions implemented pre-menarche were further individualized across learners following menarche based on individual learner performance data, clinical observations, and caregiver input.
 

Increasing Independence During Menstruation for Individuals With Autism

CHRISTA KASSALOW (Princeton Child Development Institute), Amanda Freeman (Princeton Child Development Institute), Stephanie Daley (Princeton Child Development Institute), Danielle Fudacz (Princeton Child Development Institute), Lauren Szejner (Princeton Child Development Institute), Jennifer Ticehurst (Princeton Child Development Institute)
Abstract:

The use of self-management interventions for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) increases opportunities to engage in actions that will change one’s environment, and ultimately, lead to changes in their own behavior (Skinner, 1953). Incorporating self-management strategies may provide a client with autonomy, enhance their receptivity to intervention, and accelerate skill acquisition and independence, thereby maximizing benefits to the client. This presentation will review intervention procedures introduced for two females with autism in a one-to-one behavior analytic school setting to teach independent self-management of feminine hygiene skills during menstruation, and strategies used to promote generalization and maintenance of these skills. We will further discuss the importance of self-management in the context of menstrual hygiene skills with respect to potential impact beyond individual personal care to areas of life such as social relationships and employment, and how this may impact broader decision-making by practitioners, caregivers, and other professionals providing services to individuals with ASD.

 
Ethical and Compassionate Practices to Address Problem Behavior at the Onset of Menstruation
LAUREN SZEJNER (Princeton Child Development Institute), Amanda Freeman (Princeton Child Development Institute), Stephanie Daley (Princeton Child Development Institute), Danielle Fudacz (Princeton Child Development Institute), Katherine Lee (Princeton Child Development Institute), Jennifer Ticehurst (Princeton Child Development Institute)
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may face potential challenges with understanding and communicating about the physical, cognitive, and emotional changes that they may experience during the onset of puberty and adolescence (Kaydırak et al., 2023). During puberty, the rate and/or intensity of disruptive behavior such as stereotypy, aggression and property destruction may change dramatically for adolescents with ASD. This presentation will discuss ethical and compassionate intervention and training practices used in a one-to-one behavior analytic school setting which were provided to two females with autism who displayed marked changes in levels of problem behavior at the onset of menstruation. Though menstrual symptoms such as heavy menstrual bleeding and perimenstrual mood disorders are wide spread among the general population (Schoep et al., 2019), very little is known about rates of these symptoms among individuals with ASD. As such, behavior analysts and related professionals may incorporate these and other compassionate care practices to better support clients during menstruation.
 
 
Symposium #390
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Using Technology to Improve Outcomes in Behavioral Treatment
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty I-K
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (Behavior Science Technology (BST) & California State University-Northridge)
Discussant: David J. Cox (Endicott College; Mosaic Pediatric Therapy)
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Decades of research and clinical service delivery support the use of treatments based on applied behavior analysis to decrease challenging behavior (e.g., aggression, disruptive behavior, self-injury) and teach skills (e.g., social, academic, verbal behavior). Although highly efficacious, behavioral treatment can be time- and resource-intensive. Technology is one way to improve efficiency and reduce costs. The presentations in this symposium will focus on using technology to augment, improve, or maintain treatment outcomes in behavioral treatment. The first presentation will describe the use of an artificial intelligence notetaker to increase efficiency and accuracy of clinicians’ treatment notes. The second presentation will discuss research on using virtual reality in parent and staff training. The third presentation will explore gamification of behavioral interventions. Finally, the fourth presentation will compare outcomes of a digital parent training tool to treatment by a clinician. Collectively, these presentations cover various ways to incorporate technologies into behavioral service delivery.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): artificial intelligence, gamification, technology, virtual reality
Target Audience:

The target audience is BCBAs, BCaBAs, or students training to become BCBAs. Audience members should broadly understand the principles of ABA and basic approaches to assessment and treatment.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe at least three ways to use technology in ABA service delivery
2. Identify barriers to effective, timely, and cost-efficient care
3. Discuss potential next steps for the use of AI, virtual reality, gamification, or digital tools
 

Reducing Cognitive Load and Giving Time Back to Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs): The Promise of Artificial Intelligence (AI)-Assisted Interviews

(Service Delivery)
Megan Griffin (Whitworth University), MICHAEL GAO (Alpaca Health), Deirdre M. Muldoon (The Center for Autism, Research Foundation, SUNY)
Abstract:

LeBlanc and colleagues (2019) note that inefficiency in managing caseloads can have significant adverse impacts on the quality of services, development of therapeutic relationships, and agency finances. Tools that increase fluency and efficiency are important to the effective work of behavior analysts. This study investigates the use of an Artificial Intelligence (AI) Notetaker by students studying Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). A pilot participant summarized two brief simulated parent interviews, once with and once without the AI Notetaker. The participant strongly endorsed the AI Notetaker in that it allowed for easier and more efficient task completion (~20 min time savings). Next, we will conduct a multiple-baseline-across-participants design; data will be collected on duration of task completion, quality of work (as assessed by a rubric), and social validity. Although current data are limited to one participant, our findings are promising; data from the multiple-baseline study will be presented at the conference. Additionally, presenters will share promising applications of the AI Notetaker to mealtime interventions. Its usefulness will be considered in the context of the complex qualitative information gathered during caretaker interviews and how this might help assessment of past and present narratives that shape caregivers’ feeding experiences and subsequent interventions.

 
Virtual Reality Training for Assessment and Intervention of Challenging Behavior: Procedural Fidelity Analysis
(Service Delivery)
CASEY J. CLAY (Utah State University)
Abstract: Virtual reality (VR) offers several useful applications for behavior analysts in clinical and training positions. VR training has been shown to be effective in other fields including medicine and industry. One application for behavior analysts is the use of fully immersive training environments for stakeholders trying to reduce challenging behavior and increase adaptive behavior skills. VR provides a safe environment that allows trainees to practice with limited risks related to challenging behavior. Further, VR can be programmed to produce the same scenario to fine tune feedback and rehearsal opportunities. This presentation includes summaries of fully immersive VR simulations used to build assessment and intervention skills (i.e., conducting functional analysis and conducting functional communication training) for challenging behavior in two populations (i.e., pre-service clinicians and parents). Overall, training in VR has been shown to be effective and successful. Specifically, the presentation will discuss analysis of procedural fidelity issues of trainees to maximize effectiveness of VR training.
 

Leveling Up Behavioral Therapy: Enhancing Interventions With Video Gamification

(Service Delivery)
EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (Simcoach Games)
Abstract:

In Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), the gamification of interventions—particularly through video games—represents an exciting yet underexplored frontier. Over the past two years, Simcoach Games, a leader in transformational game development, has partnered with behavior analysts to integrate evidence-based practices into the game design process. This collaboration merges expertise from both fields, resulting in video games grounded in well-established ABA interventions, assessments, and research-based strategies. This presentation will showcase the step-by-step process of translating applied behavior analytic literature into engaging, transformative games. Through live video demonstrations, we will highlight the effectiveness of using technology to enhance skill acquisition and streamline behavioral assessments. The presentation will also explore data produced by learner behavior within these games, illustrating how gamified interventions offer not only educational engagement but also rich, actionable data for clinicians. Attendees will gain valuable insights into how these digital tools can be employed in clinical and educational settings, delivering data-driven, interactive experiences that enrich both the teaching process and learner outcomes. This integration of technology and ABA interventions promises to drive innovation and enhance the effectiveness of behavior analysis for practitioners and clients alike.

 
Across the Spectrum of Service Delivery: Using Digital Tools to Achieve More for Less
(Applied Research)
MICHAEL F. CATALDO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jacqueline Carrow (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kissel Joseph Goldman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Twenty percent of children are diagnosed with a behavior disorder. Behavioral treatment by a highly trained and skilled clinician such as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) is the standard of care. However, with approximately 7 million U.S. children in need of treatment and fewer than 70,000 BCBAs, there are substantial waitlists and limited access to care. Further, because behavioral interventions tend to be intensive, the cost of care can be quite high. We have developed a digital parent training tool to address common behavioral concerns and tested it with families awaiting services in our large-volume outpatient clinic. Families reported daily frequency data on challenging behavior while they used the tool. Preliminary outcomes suggest families that are highly engaged with the digital tool have comparable outcomes to families treated by a clinician both in person and via telehealth. The digital tool requires minimal interaction with a clinician, and therefore requires substantially fewer resources. Direct costs of treatment by a clinician in our clinic are approximately $16,000-$20,000 per person, whereas the digital tool has about $100 of direct costs per person. These data suggest that the digital tool may be able to provide the same outcome for more people at a fraction of the cost of direct services with a clinician.
 
 
Symposium #391
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Harnessing Covert Operants: Technology, Behavior, and the Future of Physical Medicine
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: J. Logan Gibson (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Manish Vaidya (IBSTR)
CE Instructor: Brennan Patrick Armshaw, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium explores the integration of behavior analysis and measurement technology in enhancing physical health by showcasing studies leveraging surface electromyography (sEMG) to inform targeted behavioral interventions across various muscle systems. The first study examines the role of real-time sEMG-based visual feedback in improving fine motor skills in both young and older adults, specifically through non-dominant hand training, showing improvements in motor function. The second presentation highlights research on neuromuscular responses, exploring extinction processes and biofeedback-based rehabilitation for post-surgical recovery. The third presentation focuses on a comprehensive home-based intervention for urinary incontinence in homebound elderly adults, demonstrating improvements in muscle strength, social participation, and well-being. Finally, the fourth presentation explores sEMG-informed feedback to enhance muscle function in three critical systems—hyoid, pelvic floor, and vastus medialis oblique—demonstrating the efficacy of contingent feedback in improving function in the muscles related to swallowing, pelvic floor strength, and leg stability. Together, these studies demonstrate the promise of integrating behavior analysis with advanced technology to address diverse physical impairments, illustrating a path forward for innovative behavior analytic contributions to rehabilitation and novel physical medicine approaches.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Feedback, Healthcare, Physical medicine, Surface electromyography
Target Audience: Having a basic understanding of behavior principles is sufficient for this symposium.
Learning Objectives: 1. discuss the use of modern technology to measure what were historically considered private events
2. provide examples of the scope in which behavior principles can be applied in healthcare
3. discuss the importance of contingent feedback in bodily processes
 
Enhancing Fine Motor Skills in Older Adults Using Real-Time Surface Electromyography-Based Visual Feedback
(Applied Research)
YOSHITSUGU OMORI (Faculty of Medical Sciences, Shonan University of Medical Sciences/ Tokyo Metropolitan University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design)
Abstract: Fine motor impairments in hands can lead to long-term limitations in daily activities. Compensatory movement patterns can be adopted to restore functionality, with occupational and physical therapy often used as rehabilitation for hemiplegia, neurological disorders, and age-related decline. However, age-related deterioration of the neuromuscular and sensorimotor systems reduces the ability to receive feedback from bodily sensations, hindering the effectiveness of traditional training methods. Real-time feedback during practice may improve fine motor skill acquisition, particularly in older adults, by providing immediate performance information. This study investigated the immediate effects of real-time surface electromyography (EMG)-based visual feedback on chopstick use with the non-dominant hand, where muscle activity was measured, wirelessly transmitted, and displayed to participants in real-time. Young and older adults participated in the study. Dependent measures included the number of plastic pieces transferred between bowls in one minute, standardized fine motor skill scores, and subjective ratings recorded at baseline and post-intervention. The 10-minute intervention involved transferring plastic pieces with chopsticks using the non-dominant hand while receiving real-time surface EMG-based visual feedback. Results showed that real-time surface EMG-based visual feedback effectively improved fine motor performance. We will discuss how real-time visual feedback can be incorporated into rehabilitation.
 

Behavioral Science in Motion: Investigating Neuromuscular Activity From the Lab to the Clinic

(Applied Research)
BRENNAN PATRICK ARMSHAW (West Virgina University)
Abstract:

The study of behavior at the neuromuscular level presents numerous opportunities for current and future behavioral scientists. These opportunities span both the basic and applied domains of the science of behavior. This talk aims to highlight some initial forays into the investigation, application, and conceptualization of neuromuscular responses with examples coming from the basic and the applied laboratory. The first study examines the mechanisms surrounding extinction at the neuromuscular level. Working with healthy undergraduate student participants, this study specifically examines the role of instructional control as it relates to response patterns and extinction bust probability. The second study moves out of the laboratory and into the clinic, specifically a physical therapy clinic. This portion of the talk will highlight how physical rehabilitation can be re-imagined through a behavioral lens. Data will be presented on the impact behaviorally informed approaches to biofeedback can have on the trajectory of post anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction recovery. For both studies, surface electromyographic technology serves as the primary measure of neuromuscular activity. The work aims to highlight a relatively unexplored area of behavioral science. An area of behavioral science likely to advance our understanding of basic behavioral processes and enrich applied practice for the betterment of patient quality of life.

 
The Effects of a Comprehensive Intervention Program for Urinary Incontinence Symptoms in Homebound Elderly Adults
(Applied Research)
YOSHIMI SAKURAI (Shonan University of Medical Sciences; Tokyo Metropolitan University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Tokyo Metropolitan University, Faculty of Systems Design)
Abstract: Lower urinary tract dysfunction (LUTD) is a physical disability that interferes with activity and participation. Incontinence due to LUTD is associated with the development of frailty in the elderly and is a cause of reduced quality of life. Therefore, treatment of LUTD in the elderly requires exercise therapy to improve physical function, in addition to pharmacotherapy and behavioral interventions for lifestyle management. In this presentation, we report the efficacy of home-based exercise instruction by physical therapists (PTs). The participants were 22 elderly people with incontinence. The PT visited their homes once every two weeks to provide pelvic floor muscle training and lifestyle behavioral counseling at home. The participants recorded the frequency of incontinence and the performance of pelvic floor muscle training and received feedback from the PT. Three months after the intervention, subjects showed improved muscle strength index, decreased incontinence frequency, improved sense of well-being, and improvements in activity and participation, including increased opportunities to go outside and contribute to the community. These results demonstrate the effectiveness of a comprehensive intervention that integrates physical therapy and behavior analysis in the familiar home environment to improve activity, social participation, and health promotion in older adults.
 
Improving Muscle Function Through Surface-Electromyography Informed Feedback: A Focus on Three Systems
(Applied Research)
J. LOGAN GIBSON (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (IBSTR)
Abstract: Skeletal muscle function is essential for human life, and disruption in muscle systems can result in reduced ambulation and organ dysfunction. Assessing muscle strength and determining the progress of exercises in muscles that do not involve joint angle changes, known as isokinetic exercises, can be challenging. Many muscles in the body naturally do not cause visible joint angle changes, while others may be restricted due to surgical procedures that contraindicate joint movement. Additionally, injuries or atrophied muscles may limit sensory feedback, complicating rehabilitation efforts and impacting daily life by affecting movement and essential bodily processes. Surface electromyography (sEMG) can address this issue by measuring motor unit recruitment, enabling targeted feedback to improve muscle performance. This presentation highlights sEMG-based feedback interventions for three muscle groups: the hyoid muscles, crucial for swallowing; the pelvic floor muscles, related to incontinence, sexual dysfunction, and pain; and the vastus medialis oblique, which supports locomotion and leg stability. In all cases, well-known behavioral interventions demonstrated efficacy, underscoring their potential for clinical application. These findings highlight the potential of sEMG-based feedback not only for rehabilitating key muscle groups but also for enhancing future clinical practices in muscle recovery and performance.
 
 
Symposium #392
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Advances in Assessment of Challenging Behavior: Competing Stimuli, Screeners, and Accounting for States of Discomfort
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami)
Discussant: Nathalie Fernandez (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Yanerys Leon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional analysis methods have been extended to a) improve efficiency and ecological validity and b) increase effectiveness and adoptability. The researchers in this symposium will report on a range of recent research in the assessment of challenging behavior. Researchers will report on an extension of the functional analysis screener approach to automatic and socially mediated behavior in an effort to a) identify subtypes of automatically reinforced SIB and b) develop hypotheses about socially mediated reinforcers based on results of the enhanced screener. A second study describes the potential interaction between states of discomfort and the occurrence and function of challenging behavior and proposes a model to evaluate such interactions. Finally, two separate studies report on advances in competing stimulus assessments including (a) a method for identifying competing responses for a high-rate alternative response (i.e., FCR) and (b) validity and efficiency of a latency-based measurement approach. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, Competing stimulus, functional analysis, pain
Target Audience:

Intermediate; practitioners; researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Learners will be able to define Latency Based Competing Stimulus Assessment and tact at least one advantage of using latency as a dependent measure in a CSA.
2. Learners will be able to describe a screener approach to identify subtypes of automatic SIB
3. Learners will be able to describe the impact of states of discomfort on the occurence of problem behavior
 
Correspondence Between Rate-Based and Latency-Based Competing Stimulus Assessment (LBCSA) for Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior
SABRINA OLIVERA (University of Florida), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Zhibo Rong (UF; UMBC; KKI)
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments (CSA) are highly effective in identifying stimuli associated with reductions in challenging behavior. However, CSAs have been reported to be inefficient in terms of time needed to conduct the assessment. Recently, Imler and Weyman (2024) modified CSA procedures to terminate session following the first instance of challenging behavior and termed it the Latency-Based Competing Stimulus Assessment (LBCSA). Although the researchers found that the LBCSA was effective in identifying competing stimuli, it was not compared to the traditional rate-based CSA. Thus, the purpose of this study was to extend the work of Imler and Weyman (2024) by identifying the correspondence between the rate-based CSA and LBCSA across 2 individuals with automatically maintained self-injurious behavior. The overall outcomes were similar across the two CSAs. An extended treatment evaluation was conducted and included stimuli nominated as high and low competition in both CSAs as well as stimuli associated with mixed correspondence (high competition in the rate-based CSA and low competition in the LBCSA). CSAs outcomes were validated during treatment for the high- and low-competition stimuli; however, the rate-based CSA was a better predictor of treatment outcomes for the mix-correspondence stimulus. Implications for patient safety and assessment efficiency are discussed.
 
A Clinical Evaluation and Validation of a Competing Stimulus Assessment Targeting Excessive Functional Communication Responses
DREW E. PIERSMA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Margaret Cavanaugh (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lauren Leask (KKI), Savannah Tate (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: During competing stimulus assessments (CSAs) for socially maintained challenging behavior, challenging behavior is reinforced with access to the functional reinforcer and the degree to which the test stimuli compete with challenging behavior is measured. An alternative to reinforcing challenging behavior may be to reinforce the functional communication response (FCR) taught as a replacement. Such an assessment may be efficacious in identifying stimuli that compete with excessive FCRs during extinction of a multiple schedule while also preventing challenging behavior from occurring, potentially improving safety of the CSA. The current study evaluated the utility of a CSA targeting FCRs for four individuals with tangibly maintained challenging behavior and then validated those findings in a treatment evaluation for three of the participants. The FCRs were lower when competing stimuli were present and challenging behavior remained low during schedule thinning. These findings support the use of CSAs that target FCRs when treating challenging behavior.
 
Further Evaluation of Functional Analysis Screening Methods
ALEXANDRA RAMIREZ (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Grace Sigwanz (University of Miami), Victoria George (University of Miami)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA; Iwata et al., 1982/1994) is the gold standard in assessment of problem behavior; however, adoption by clinicians is low. Researchers have developed modifications to improve the efficiency of FAs which may increase adoption in clinical practice. For example, Querim et al., 2013 reported high predictive validity of an automatic reinforcer screener (increased efficiency for automatically-reinforced behavior). Slanzi et al., 2022 extended this work by evaluating consecutive no interaction conditions as a screener for automatic and socially-mediated reinforcement demonstrating the utility of FA screening methods to socially-mediated behavior. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a two-condition enhanced functional analysis screener (no interaction and play). A secondary purpose was to evaluate response patterns in the enhanced functional analysis screener for a) subtyping automatically reinforced behavior and b) correspondence with socially-mediated functions of problem behavior. Eight children with ASD participated. Results of the screener accurately predicted socially-mediated or automatic reinforcement for 8/8 participants (5 socially-mediated; 3 automatic). Results for applying the subtyping method demonstrated subtype correspondence for 2/3 participants (automatic reinforcement functions). Retrospective analysis of alternative responses emitted during the screener corresponded with socially-mediated FA outcomes for 3/4 participants.
 

Evaluating Possible Interactions Between Challenging Behavior and Pain and Discomfort States

JANAE' A. PENDERGRASS (University of Florida), Lindsay Lloveras (Marcus Autism Center), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Kacie McGarry (University of Florida), Justin Boyan Han (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to assess the feasibility of a method to repeatedly measure both pain and discomfort symptoms and challenging behavior. Multiple pain and discomfort states were evaluated (i.e., gastrointestinaI distress, fevers and cold symptoms, bug bites and mouth pain). A trial based functional analysis (TBFA) was utilized to identify the relation between pain and discomfort symptoms and challenging behavior. The results suggest that (1) direct measures of pain and discomfort can be collected repeatedly and reliably for multiple known pain and / or discomfort states, and (2) the Trial Based Functional Analysis is a feasible assessment tool for identifying fluctuations in response allocation and response latency when symptoms are present or absent. The current methodology serves as a viable and fluid assessment package for identifying the influence of pain and discomfort on challenging behavior. Results are discussed in terms of Implications for future research and practice.

 
 
Symposium #393
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Evolving Practices: Enhancing Training and Well-Being for Practicing Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 149 AB
Area: PCH/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Craig A Marrer (Endicott College)
Discussant: Autumn N. McKeel (Emergent Learning Clinic)
CE Instructor: Melissa Connor-Santos, M.A.
Abstract: As the field of behavior analysis expands, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board has continually enhanced the requirements for certification, supervision, and ethics. However, with the explosive growth of the field, there is increasing concern about whether the training and professional development of behavior analysts keep pace with the demands of real-world practice. This symposium will explore the intersection of behavior analysts' professional development and the challenges they encounter in applied settings. Participants will engage with four studies that address critical aspects of professional development in behavior analysis. First, we will examine graduate training programs designed to equip future practitioners with essential skills for success in the field. Subsequently, we will discuss the qualifications of invited keynote speakers at ABA conferences, highlighting the importance of evaluating expertise when evaluating professional development opportunities. Next, the symposium will explore the preparedness of behavior analysts for managing ethical dilemmas encountered in public school settings, emphasizing the need for specialized training to navigate these challenges effectively. Finally, we will address strategies for helping behavior analysts manage burnout in applied settings, underscoring the significance of mental health and well-being in maintaining effective practice.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACT, burnout, education, professional development
Target Audience: This talk is appropriate for practitioners of all levels.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will understand the use of acuity scales to assess and manage caseload intensity and identify potential benefits for improving resource allocation and ethical decision-making in professional practice.
2. Participants will be able to identify factors influencing the selection of invited speakers at ABA conferences and discuss the importance of expertise in promoting well-rounded professional development for attendees
3. Participants will be able to discuss current quality indicators in ABA graduate training programs and identify preferences for training components among survey participants.
4. Participants will be able to identify the unique ethical challenges faced by BCBAs in public school settings and discuss the need for specialized training and decision-making models to support ethical and effective practice in educational environments.
 

Graduate Training Components in Applied Behavior Analysis: Preferences and Implications for the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)

CLAUDIA C DIAZ-SALVAT (Endicott College), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (BlueSprig Pediatrics), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

With the growing demand in the applied behavior analysis (ABA) service industry, there has been a push for master’s level mass education to rapidly increase the number of Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Given that the massification of education may have led to larger class sizes while the number of resources may have remained the same, research is needed to determine the status of and field members’ preference for current quality indicators. This study utilized an information-gathering survey to identify current graduate training components and preferences for these components as reported by masters-level faculty, current master’s students, and masters-level graduates. Results indicate that preference for graduate training components may vary across participant type and with additional masters-level experience. These findings have important implications for continuing to improve ABA graduate training programs, informing faculty decisions, and guiding prospective master’s students. Variables that affect satisfaction with graduate training components will be discussed and the need for further research highlighted.

 

Evaluating Speaker Expertise Using Research Productivity as a Quantitative Metric at Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) State-Chapter Conferences

BRADLEY RAY TIEFENTHALER (Montana Association for Behavior Analysis), Jennifer Posey (Endicott College), Melissa Connor-Santos (Felician University), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the research productivity of invited presenters at Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) state-chapter conferences from 2022 to 2023. Research productivity was utilized as a quantitative metric for evaluating speaker expertise. Results showed that 78% of invited speakers had authored one or more publications. While this suggests that many conference presenters have a history of literary achievement, the wide variability in publication highlights a need to consider additional variables beyond publication history in invited speaker selection and further quantifying those variables in accordance with the definition of “substantial expertise” notated in the Approved Continuing Education (ACE) handbook. The findings emphasize the importance of recognizing diverse expertise, such as clinical skills or community involvement, in the selection process for invited and keynote speakers. However, the degree of confidence in these conclusions is somewhat limited by the descriptive nature of this analysis, which lacks deeper examination of causal factors. Future research should investigate additional criteria used in speaker selection and assess their impact on conference outcomes and attendee satisfaction, ensuring a more balanced approach that reflects the broad range of contributions in the ABA field.

 

From Training to Practice: Ethical Dilemmas Facing Public School Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs)

MELISSA CONNOR-SANTOS (Felician University), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract:

As behavior analysis expands, particularly in public schools where many children receive critical services, the need for high-quality, ethical practice is more important than ever. BCBAs in these settings face unique ethical challenges that differ from those in clinical environments, yet current literature offers limited guidance on navigating these complexities. This study explored the ethical dilemmas public school BCBAs encounter and their preparedness for working in this setting. Results highlight the gaps between formal behavior-analytic training and the realities of school-based work. Participants expressed difficulties in collaborating with interdisciplinary teams, working under resource limitations, and managing large caseloads, all of which complicate their ability to maintain high ethical standards and provide effective treatment. The study highlights the urgent need for more specialized training for BCBAs working in schools and calls for the development of practical decision-making models to guide practitioners through the ethical challenges they face. Additionally, it emphasizes the need for further research into the unique barriers public school BCBAs encounter to better support ethical and effective practice in educational environments.

 

Back to BASICS: Evaluating Burnout, Psychological Flexibility, and Sustainability of Caseload Size and Acuity for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs)

JUSTICE LESLIE DEAN (Emergent Learning Centers), Autumn N. McKeel (Emergent Learning Clinic), Jesse Lee Sears (Emergent Learning Clinic)
Abstract:

Board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) can face a variety of barriers to caseload management including time management, lack of resources, and overall profile of clients and intensity of cases (LeBlanc et al., 2019). An acuity scale is a tool that provides an objective measure of a patient's condition and the resources required to maintain their care (Klett et al., 2014) and is commonly used in healthcare fields such as nursing and social work. However, there has yet to be such a scale developed for practicing BCBAs. The BCBA Acuity Scale for Interpreting Caseload Severity (BASICS) is a tool developed to assess the overall intensity of caseload management by analyzing areas such as challenging behavior, communication, medical needs, and parent training needs. This study evaluated BASICS scores, burnout, and psychological flexibility of practicing BCBAs’ across various settings. Practicing BCBAs completed a survey which included the BASICS, the Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI), a social validity questionnaire, and the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire Version 2 (AAQ-2). The BASICS offers a potential solution for interpreting caseload severity by providing a systematic approach and may be a useful resource for BCBAs to determine, manage, and maintain an ethical caseload within their available resources.

 
 
Symposium #394
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Diversity submission Recent Research on Second Language Instruction
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13
Area: VBC/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini, Ph.D.
Abstract: There is increasing worldwide demand for proficiency in multiple languages (Agirdag, 2014; Churkina et al., 2023). Familiarity with multiple languages is associated with greater financial gains (Churkina et al., 2023) and may facilitate the acquisition of social and language skills (Hambly & Fombonne, 2012; Hambly & Fombonne, 2014). Moreover, speaking more than one language is essential in cases when individuals are exposed to and expected to communicate using different languages in different environments (e.g., one language at school; another language at home). Given the increased demand and benefits associated with speaking more than one language, identifying efficient and effective procedures for teaching a second language is pivotal. The first paper examined the effects of repeated tact instruction (i.e., within-subject replications) across monolingual and bilingual conditions on the acquisition of tacts. The second paper assessed the effectiveness of the one-person one-language (OPOL) approach on the acquisition of tacts and bidirectional intraverbals. The third paper evaluated the effects of instructive feedback on the emergence of listener responses and tacts. The fourth paper investigated the relative effectiveness of sequential and simultaneous instruction via the go/no go-successive matching-to-sample procedure on the emergence of intraverbals, tacts, and novel conditional relations. The results of these studies, implications for clinical practice, and suggestions for future research are summarized by the discussant.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Bilingualism, Foreign language, Second language, Verbal behavior
Target Audience: Intermediate: understanding of verbal operants
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe the benefits of repeated exposure to monolingual and bilingual instruction
2. Attendees will be able to describe the one-person one-language (OPOL) approach to teaching multiple languages
3. Attendees will be able to describe how to use instructive feedback to teach a second language
4. Attendees will be able to describe the go/no go-successive matching-to-sample procedure
 
Diversity submission 

Learning-to-Learn: Teaching Bilingualism to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Through Within-Subject Replication

XUEHUA ZHAO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

Previous research demonstrated that preschool-aged participants with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) can learn tacts in two languages (bilingual condition), but often require more extensive instruction to meet the mastery criterion as compared to learning tacts in one language only (monolingual condition; Zhao et al., under review). Additionally, error analyses indicated failures to discriminate between languages in the bilingual condition. Repeated exposure to instruction in two languages may dissipate these differences. We aimed to determine whether within-subject replications across repeated sets of tacts would reduce discrepancies in learning and examine how error patterns may change. Four sets of targets were taught to each of the three participants with ASD across monolingual and bilingual conditions. Initially, participants learned more efficiently in the monolingual condition than in the bilingual condition. However, these differences diminished across within-subject replications. Error analyses further supported this finding, revealing a decrease in the number of errors emitted across sets. Overall, our findings highlight the potential of within-subject replication to enhance language acquisition in children with ASD and suggest that initial difficulties in bilingual learning may be temporary.

 
Diversity submission 

An Examination of One-Person One-Language Strategy in an Experimental Setting

TIANJIAO LI (University of Maryland, Baltimore County (UMBC)), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Amal Imtiaz (University of Maryland, Baltimore County (UMBC)), Jiselle Magana-Lopez (University of Maryland, Baltimore County (UMBC))
Abstract:

The one-person one-language (OPOL) approach (i.e., each parent speaks a different language to the child) is often suggested by professionals and parents when teaching a vocabulary in two languages. However, few researchers evaluated its effectiveness and efficiency while controlling for language exposure from caregivers. We taught college students to tact pictures in Chinese and Japanese using the OPOL approach (i.e., one experimenter taught tacts in Chinese, and the other one taught tacts in Japanese) and a control, mixing approach (i.e., a third experimenter taught tacts in both Chinese and Japanese). We also probed for the emergence of bidirectional intraverbals before and after the participants demonstrated mastery in tacts. Preliminary data indicated that both approaches were effective in teaching tacts and promoting the emergence of untrained intraverbals; however, no differences were detected with respect to efficiency of the two conditions. Future research should evaluate the external validity of this line of research with other populations, such as children.

 
Diversity submission 

Using Instructive Feedback to Expand Second Language of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

BARBARA RODRIGUEZ (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

There are millions of people who speak multiple languages (U.S. Census Bureau, 2019), yet there is a common misconception that teaching a child with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) more than one language will cause delays in language acquisition (Trelles & Castro, 2019). It is imperative that a child from a bilingual home can communicate (e.g., respond to instructions) in both languages. However, because many children with ASD acquire skills at a slower rate than neurotypical children (National Institute of Health, 2020), selection of instructional procedures for children with ASD must consider their efficiency. Instructive feedback has been demonstrated to be effective and efficient in teaching multiple targets to children with ASD without requiring additional teaching (Werts et al., 1995). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of instructive feedback, implemented in a second language, on the acquisition of listener responses of children with ASD from bilingual homes. Results indicate that direct training let to the acquisition of primary targets (i.e., Spanish listener responses) for the three of the participants. Additionally, the inclusion of instructive feedback resulted in the acquisition of English listener responses for all three participants and the emergence of some tacts for all participants.

 
Diversity submission 

Further Assessment of Sequential and Simultaneous Bilingual Instruction via the Go/No-Go Successive Matching-to-Sample Procedure

ARMANDO ANGULO (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), ROBBIE HANSON (Lindenwood University), Ava Minolli (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Previous research conducted in our laboratory showed that the go/no go-successive matching-to-sample procedure effectively establishes equivalence relations between native and foreign words. Teaching two language vocabularies sequentially – Mandarin Chinese dictated word (A) to picture (C) and Korean dictated word (B) to picture (C) resulted in fewer trials to criterion compared to teaching simultaneously (AC and BC). However, simultaneous teaching produced a higher percentage of emergent intraverbals, tacts, and conditional relations during tests of symmetry (CA/CB) and transitivity/equivalence (AB/BA). Given the small differences between conditions, we increased task difficulty by teaching 4 rather than 3 stimulus classes per condition. We taught eight participants AC and BC relations sequentially and simultaneously and tested for emergent intraverbals, tacts, and novel conditional relations during tests of symmetry and transitivity/equivalence. Simultaneous teaching resulted in participants reaching criterion in fewer trials compared to sequential teaching. All participants passed transitivity/equivalence tests after simultaneous teaching, whereas one failed after sequential. Moreover, for 4 participants, simultaneous teaching produced a higher percentage of correct intraverbals. Our results suggest that simultaneous teaching leads to higher percentages of emergent tacts, intraverbals, and novel conditional relations than sequential teaching, possibly because during sequential teaching, the first relation may not be intact during testing.

 
 
Paper Session #395
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Diversity submission Children's Preferences in Autism Interventions: Social Validity of the Telehealth Delivered Family-Implemented Treatment for Behavioral Inflexibility (FITBI) Program
Monday, May 26, 2025
10:30 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty L
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: E (Alice) Zhang, Ph.D.
 
Diversity submission Children's Preferences in Autism Interventions: Social Validity of the Telehealth Delivered Family-Implemented Treatment for Behavioral Inflexibility (FITBI) Program
Domain: Applied Research
E (ALICE) ZHANG (University of Kansas Medical Center), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas & Juniper Gardens Children’s Project), Christopher W Engler (University of Kansas Medical Center), Natalie Babich (University of Kansas), Anna Wallisch (University of Kansas Medical Center), Brian Boyd (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill)
 
Abstract: The Family-Implemented Treatment for Behavioral Inflexibility (FITBI) is a telehealth-based, parent-mediated intervention aimed at reducing repetitive, inflexible behaviors in children with autism (ongoing trial NCT05125003). FITBI involves 13 weekly sessions and three booster sessions over six months, utilizing function-based treatment. This study focused on evaluating social validity, including the children's preferences, to ensure the intervention aligns with their individual needs. Nine children (ages 3–9) completed the social validity assessment, with more data expected from five additional participants. Children with appropriate communication skills completed a yes/no interview on their enjoyment of the intervention, while those with limited skills participated in either concurrent chains or operants assessments to measure their treatment preferences. Two children verbally expressed positive experiences, while three concurrent operants assessments showed mixed time preferences for the intervention condition. Of four concurrent chains assessments, three favored the no-treatment condition, and one chose treatment in 33.3% of trials. Preliminary findings indicate mixed preferences, particularly among children with limited communication skills. These results emphasize the need for tailoring interventions to better align with individual preferences. This study contributes to autism treatment research by directly assessing children’s perspectives using developmentally appropriate methods.
 
Target Audience:

Practitioners and researchers with a basic understanding of social validity and preference assessments

 
 
Symposium #397
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Social Development: Why Social Referencing and Joint Attention are Critical Skills to Teach
Monday, May 26, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eric Rozenblat (Institute for Educational Achievement)
Discussant: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University)
CE Instructor: Eric Rozenblat, Ph.D.
Abstract: Individuals with autism display deficits in many areas, including social development. Further, there is a vast array of research that demonstrate that social referencing and joint attention are two areas that require intervention in autistic individuals, as these skills are often not in their repertoires. Thus, teaching to both areas should be priority as early as possible in one’s development as this will help to promote the acquisition of more complex social skills in the future. There has been a vast array of behavior analytic research demonstrating that social referencing and joint attention can be taught using an operant learning paradigm. The presenters in this symposium will a.) present research on the use of effective behavioral strategies in training caregivers to promote social referencing and joint attention early in one’s development and b.) present the results on research conducted on the acquisition of social referencing as part of a behavior-chain sequence.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills include an understanding of operant learning theory as it pertains to the acquisition of new skills.
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the similarities and differences between joint attention and social referencing
2. Describe the importance of social referencing and joint attention
3. Describe how a behavior chain can be used to teach social referencing
 

Remotely Coaching Caregivers to Promote Joint Attention and Social Referencing With Their Infants in Norway

KATERINA MONLUX (Oslo Metropolitian), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Abstract:

Deficits in social engagement are among the core diagnostic criteria observed among children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). In particular, joint attention and social referencing are critical skills for developing more complex social interactions and occur at a lower rate in those with autism spectrum disorder. Behavioral strategies and brief parent-infant engagement training have successfully promoted these social skills. Data will be presented, showing the acquisition of joint attention and subsequent social referencing in the natural environment, both in person and over telehealth, using caregivers as therapists. The current presentation reviews and extends previously published procedures for training joint attention modeled after Pelaez and colleagues’ (2012) operant learning paradigm with data from toddlers with an older sibling with autism spectrum disorder. A model for expanding previous findings to the natural environment with a population at a higher likelihood of qualifying for an autism spectrum disorder diagnosis due to familial history is proposed, offering new potential support.

 
How to Teach Social Referencing: the First Component - Reacting to Novelty in the Environment
ANNA LUBOMIRSKA (Institute for Child Development, Poland), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk, Poland)
Abstract: Research shows that social referencing, defined as adjusting one’s behavior based on other people’s behaviors in a new or ambiguous situation, is important for other aspects of social development, e.g. creating secure attachment. as well as for early communication and language development. Persistent deficits in social communication and interaction are also related to challenging behaviors. Deficits in social referencing have been associated with autism spectrum disorders. When deficits in social referencing are detected, teaching such behaviors should be a priority, but effective teaching procedures are lacking. We consider social referencing as a behavior chain and suggest teaching each component in the chain in sequence. We introduce a program to teach the initial component of social referencing, reacting to new and missing objects in the environment through initiating interaction with another present person. Six children with autism spectrum disorder participated. All children acquired the skill within six months and generalized it to new people and materials. Future research could aim to replicate these findings and to develop effective procedures to teach other component skills of social referencing.
 
 
Panel #398
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Providing Home-Based Services to Latinx Families Within a Culturally Responsive Framework
Monday, May 26, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jessica Miret, M.S.
Chair: Jessica Miret (Butterfly Effects)
ROBYN M CATAGNUS (National University)
VIVIAN ISABEL LEMUS (Butterfly Effects)
ELISE ESCOBAR (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

The Latinx population is one of the fastest growing communities within the United States. It is expected that by 2045, the Latinx population will grow up to 24.6% (Frey, 2018). The BACB (2024) has also reported on the growing representation of Latinx ABA professionals with 24.8% of current credentialed providers (RBT, BCaBA, BCBA, BCBA-D) identifying as Hispanic/Latinx. Professionals not only have an ethical obligation to promote cultural responsiveness and diversity (BACB, 2020, 2021), but fostering cultural awareness directly promotes best clinical outcomes for the children and families we serve, while building rapport with the family most effectively. The purpose of this panel is for applied practitioners to describe their personal experiences focusing on the cultural variables specific to the Latinx community such as language identity, personalism, and familism (Baires, et al., 2023). The contributions and insights of Latinx professionals can positively impact ABA, supporting it to become more inclusive by integrating cultural values and competence. By doing so, the field enhances its ability to serve a wider range of clients in an efficient and ethical manner. Audience members will leave with strategies and recommendations (Rosaleon, et al., 2023) to best serve Latinx families as well as a better understanding of the barriers and cultural values they may face(Castro-Hostetler, et al., 2022).

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Beginner

Learning Objectives: 1. Understand the Demographic Shifts in the U.S. and ABA Field: Describe the growth of the Latinx population in the United States and the increasing representation of Latinx professionals in ABA.
2. 2. Identify Ethical Obligations for Cultural Responsiveness: Explain the ethical responsibilities of ABA professionals to promote cultural responsiveness and diversity, according to BACB guidelines.
3. Explore Cultural Variables Impacting Latinx Families: Recognize specific cultural factors, such as language identity, personalism, and familism, that influence interactions with Latinx families in a clinical context.
4. Apply Strategies for Effective Engagement: Learn strategies and recommendations to enhance service delivery to Latinx families, promoting rapport-building and effective therapeutic outcomes.
5. Address Barriers and Foster Inclusion in ABA Practice: Identify common barriers Latinx families may face and explore ways to integrate cultural awareness and competence in ABA to improve inclusivity and ethical service delivery.
Keyword(s): Cultural Responsiveness, Diversity, Latinx, Service Delivery
 
 
Panel #399
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Bridging Behavior Analysis and Forensic Settings: Innovations and Challenges
Monday, May 26, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB
Area: CSS/LBD; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mark T. Harvey, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology; Rogue Behavior Analysis)
PRESLEY WANNER (Anne Carlsen Center)
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (Hoosier ABA)
CALEB DENEB HUDGINS (The OBSI Project)
Abstract: This panel will explore emerging trends in forensic behavior analysis, including the integration of technology in assessments and interventions, and the ongoing research driving this evolving field. Panelists will examine the complexities of understanding criminal behavior and mental health through applied behavior analysis (ABA), focusing on the challenges of implementing function-based consequence interventions for populations often unaffected by social consequences. Potential intervention strategies tailored to these unique needs will be discussed, along with implications for treatment through successful, evidence-based interventions designed to reduce recidivism. The panel will also explore the development and validation of risk assessment tools informed by behavior analytic principles, comparing these methods with traditional approaches and addressing reliability and ethical considerations. Ethical dilemmas, such as issues of consent, coercion, and the dual roles of practitioners, will be critically examined to guide best practices. Challenges and opportunities in collaborating with law enforcement, legal professionals, and correctional systems will be addressed, with an emphasis on strategies for effective communication and advocacy of behavior analytic approaches. Objectives: Understanding Criminal Behavior: Explore the complexities of criminal behavior and mental health issues through applied behavior analysis (ABA). Risk Assessment Tools: Discuss the development and validation of risk assessment tools based on behavior analytic principles, comparing them with traditional methods while addressing reliability and ethical implications. Intervention Strategies: Address the challenges of implementing function-based interventions for populations resistant to social consequences, showcasing successful strategies that apply behavioral principles. Ethical Considerations: Analyze ethical dilemmas in forensic behavior analysis, including consent, coercion, and the dual roles of practitioners as assessors and interventionists.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: This panel event is tailored for clinicians who have an intermediate understanding of behavior analytic concepts and principles, with a focus on integrating a systems approach that includes coaching and data-driven decision-making. Ideal for attendees looking to deepen their expertise and apply these strategies in forensic settings.
Learning Objectives: 1. Explore the complexities of criminal behavior and mental health issues through the lens of applied behavior analysis (ABA).
2. Discuss the development and validation of risk assessment tools based on behavior analytic principles, comparing them with traditional methods while addressing reliability and ethical implications.
3. Address the challenges of implementing function-based interventions for populations resistant to social consequences, showcasing successful strategies that apply behavioral principles.
4. Analyze ethical dilemmas in forensic behavior analysis, including consent, coercion, and the dual roles of practitioners as assessors and interventionists.
Keyword(s): Competency, Correctional systems, Forensic Behavior, Risk Assessment
 
 
Invited Paper Session #400
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Providing Behavior Analytic Services to Older Adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: Complex Training Demands in an Area with Growing Needs
Monday, May 26, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Adam M. Briggs, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JONATHAN BAKER (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The efficacy of the application of behavior analytic principles to supports for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities has been demonstrated across the life span (Kurtz & Lind, 2013) and has been a hallmark of applied behavior analysis for decades. Although a great deal of literature has provided guidance on behavior analytic support for children and young adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities, considerably less literature has focused on how those supports can be adapted and provided across a person’s lifespan, particularly into older adulthood. As medical advances continue to extend the expected lifespan and improve the quality of life for all people including those with intellectual or developmental disabilities, we are faced with a growing older adult population in need of supports. Advancements in certification, licensure, and funding for behavioral services mean that more individuals have received support at an early age and increasingly more are receiving supports throughout life. This presents a complex intersection of training needs for specialized staff supporting the needs of adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities who are experiencing aging-related changes. This presentation will review the existing literature on staff training and intervention for older adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. It will then present existing resources that can be readily adopted into training, as well as ideas for the development of specialized trainings. Finally, these resources will be incorporated in identifying staff training needs for both direct support staff and clinical staff.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

BCBAs or upper management in agencies providing services to adults with autism and/or intellectual and developmental disabilities who are supervising staff, aspiring BCBAs, and BCBAs. In particularly, agencies serving an aging population, but any adult agency would be relevant.

Learning Objectives: 1. State the current state of literature focusing on aging adults with IDD
2. State the needs of direct staff serving aging adults with IDD in terms of knowledge and specific skills
3. State the necessary training, supervision and experiences for clinicians looking to effectively support aging adults with IDD
 
JONATHAN BAKER (Western Michigan University)
Dr. Jonathan Baker is an Associate Professor and Chair of the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University. Prior to joining WMU, he was a faculty member in the behavior analysis and therapy program in the Rehabilitation Institute at Southern Illinois University as well as the coordinator of the SIU gerontology certificate program. He received a certificate in gerontology from the University of Kansas, a masters in applied behavior science from the University of Kansas, and a Ph.D. from Western Michigan University. Dr. Baker served as a member (2014-2019) and Vice President (2020) of the Board of Directors for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and serves on the editorial board for The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and The Analysis of Verbal Behavior. He is an Associate Editor at Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice. He has served as a guest reviewer for the American Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease and Related Dementias and The Gerontologist. Dr. Baker is the former president of the Mid-American Association of Behavior Analysis and former chair of the Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group with ABAI. Dr. Baker was the principle investigator for the Behavioral Residential In-home Care and Supports (BRICS) project evaluation for the Illinois Department of Aging and was a co-principle investigator for Behavior Analysis and Intervention in Nursing Homes, funded by the Michigan Department of Health and Human Services. Dr. Baker’s main research interest is behavioral gerontology, including the assessment/treatment of behavioral excesses and developing programs that remediate behavioral deficits in older adults with neurocognitive disorder, as well as treatment adoption. His interests also extend to adults and older adults with developmental disabilities and staff training.
 
 
Symposium #401
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
A Transdisciplinary Approach to Behavioral Dysfunction: A Behavior-Analytic Account of Pharmacological Interventions
Monday, May 26, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Emily Paige Exline (Kennedy Krieger Institute )
Discussant: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
CE Instructor: Emily Paige Exline, Ph.D.
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities are at increased risk for behavioral dysfunction including challenging behavior, avoidance, and problems with mood instability to name a few. Pharmacological and behavioral interventions are commonly used to address these problems. This symposium includes a behavior-analytic account of the use of pharmacological interventions for addressing various types of behavioral dysfunction. The presenters will take a transdisciplinary approach to tackle how behavioral processes are affected when combining pharmacological and behavioral interventions. The first presentation will use clinical-research data to demonstrate how behavioral assessment modalities can be used to monitor the effects of psychotropic medication on preferences, rate of challenging behavior, and function of challenging behavior. The second presentation will describe the Neurobehavioral Model of Care that uses behavioral and biological determinants of challenging behavior and other types of behavioral dysfunction to inform individualized interventions. Additionally, the second presentation will address how pharmacologic interventions may alter operant processing and motivating operations. The Discussant will comment on directions for future research and clinical implications of using combining behavioral and pharmacological practice.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Behavioral Assessment, Behavioral Pharmacology, Challenging Behavior, Developmental Disability
Target Audience: Audience members should have an understanding of the underlying processes of challenging behavior, as well as behavior analytic assessments and treatments for challenging behavior.
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will understand how behavioral, medical, and psychiatric variables can interact with respect severe challenging behavior and other types of behavioral dysfunction
2. Attendees will be able to describe a Neurobehavioral Model of Care that seeks to apply targeted behavioral, medical, and pharmacological interventions to address the relevant variables contributing to behavioral dysfunction for each individual
3. Attendees will experience introductory content related to behavior analytic theory regarding how psychotropic medications may assert their effects, and relevant behavioral assessments that may be appropriate for monitoring behavioral changes across medication conditions.
 
Leveraging Diverse Behavioral Assessment Modalities to Monitor the Behavioral Effects of Psychotropic Medication
ALISON COX (Brock University)
Abstract: Psychopharmacological interventions are commonly used to treat challenging behaviors in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Many persons comprising this clinical population present with communication deficits, which may be especially problematic because physicians largely rely on self-report measures to discern how medication changes are impacting their patients (Quinn, 2014). As such, behavioral researchers may be well-suited to support this population by leveraging a range of behavioral assessment measurement systems to monitor the behavioral effects of psychotropic medication. Generally, behavioral researchers have posited that psychotropic medications may assert their effects by serving as (1) a motivating operation, (2) an (un)conditioned reinforcer, and/or (3) a discriminative stimulus. Regardless of how the medication is asserting its effect – practically, this translates to medication changes differentially affecting individuals’ experiences in their environment. It follows that these changes may require behavioral intervention adjustments to ensure function-matched programming etc. Using clinical-research data, this presentation will describe an assessment battery enacted across medication changes, including psychotropic PRN (as needed) conditions, to monitor preference and challenging behavior rate and function. Clinical implications and future directions will also be discussed.
 

Integrating Behavioral and Pharmacological Interventions for Individuals With Severe Challenging Behavior and Other Types of Behavioral Dysfunction

LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Severe challenging behavior in individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities is generally considered to be the product of interactions between dysfunction stemming from the primary disability and experiences that establish and reinforce challenging behavior. For some individuals, medical, neurological and psychiatric comorbidities can contribute to behavioral dysfunction and may interact directly with operant contingencies. Functional analysis can precisely identify the events in the environment that occasion and maintain the challenging behavior. The function of behavior not only guides targeted behavioral treatment but can contribute to the diagnostic process for identifying (or ruling out) comorbid medical and psychiatric conditions. The current presentation will describe a Neurobehavioral Model of Care that represents an integrative transdisciplinary approach for identifying the environmental and biological determinants of challenging behavior and other types of behavioral dysfunction - which guides the application of targeted behavioral, medical, and pharmacological interventions. Concepts and methods for this approach to transdisciplinary assessment and treatment will be discussed and illustrated with case examples. This includes discussion of how pharmacological agents can affect operant processes and alter motivating operations; and how such interactions have the potential to be synergistic or counter-therapeutic.

 
 
Panel #402
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Diversity submission Navigating Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Public Schools: Pathways, Legislation, and Best Practices for Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 26, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Berenice de la Cruz, Ph.D.
Chair: Wendy Guffey (Texas A & M University-San Antonio)
SERICA ABEYTA (A Balanced Child)
JANET SANCHEZ ENRIQUEZ (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Texas A&M University-San Antonio)
Abstract:

The demand for behavior analysts with the requisite training and experience to effectively serve public schools across the United States continues to rise. As integral professionals within the public education system, behavior analysts play a crucial role in consulting with school districts to improve student outcomes and address behavioral challenges. This panel will explore various pathways for behavior analysts to contract with school districts, offering insights into best practices for forming productive partnerships. Additionally, the discussion will cover how existing legislation shapes the allocation of resources and the implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services within schools. The panel will examine the limitations imposed by laws on the ability of parents and school personnel to advocate on behalf of students, clarifying the extent to which these stakeholders can influence educational decisions and interventions. Panelists will also share valuable lessons learned from their experiences working within the school system, offering key considerations for behavior analysts seeking to navigate these complex environments. Attendees are encouraged to engage actively by sharing their own experiences and posing questions to foster a collaborative and informative discussion.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The audience should have the basic behavior analytic skills of a BCBA.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify various approaches and strategies for successfully contracting with public school districts, allowing them to expand their professional reach and better support students in public schools.
2. State how legislation influences the provision and implementation of ABA services within schools
3. Identify best practices and key considerations when working within school settings, including how to collaborate effectively with educators and administrators to maximize the positive impact of behavioral interventions.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #403
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/IBAO
The Varieties of Behavior Analytic Experience
Monday, May 26, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: SCI/EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

It has taken us decades to become a discipline in our own right. Once simply a part of experimental psychology we now can act as behavior analysts across many environments: university departments, treatment centers, government agencies, businesses, communities, and so on. Where once we were a happy few mainly at a handful of academic institutions, we now have created major niches for our work not just nationally but internationally. What we do within our discipline ranges from teaching and research to applications and dissemination; what we do outside it reaches beyond our discipline to potential allies in the larger culture, in biology and medicine, in philosophy and secular humanism, and sometimes even in disciplines that once seemed competitive with ours, such as linguistics and cognition. We must beware of boundaries that separate us from other disciplines and from varied approaches within our own discipline. This presentation will use case studies to illustrate the range of our current and potential contributions to the broader culture and in some cases will suggest possible directions for further enhancing them.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

I plan this presentation to be relevant to basic through advanced audiences.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants should be able to identify the contingencies that have gradually reduced both human and nonhuman research within universities and to suggest one or more actions that may help to reverse those trends.
2. Participants should be able to identify the differences between the selectionist approach that underlies behavior analysis and the associationist and cognitive approaches that underlie approaches to learning and conditioning in psychology and other disciplines.
3. Participants should be able to provide examples both of how basic research in our discipline has informed applications and of how applied behavior analysis has provided directions for basic research.
4. Participants should be able to provide examples of how the behavior analytic perspective bears on major cultural issues, such as discrimination and prejudice, sex and gender, gun violence, and politics.
5. Participants should be able to show how the verbal practice of naming necessarily breaks continua down into discrete categories and to describe at least two problems that may be created by such categorizations.
 
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
I am a Behavior Analyst and Experimental Psychologist with special interests in learning, schedules of reinforcement, and the analysis of verbal behavior. Much of my research has been rooted in biology where, for example, experiments on inhibitory interactions among operant classes were inspired by analogous interactions in sensory systems. Parallels between Darwinian natural selection and operant shaping have been relevant to several lines of work, including accounts of language evolution in terms of the functions of verbal behavior. It has helped me throughout to regard behavior as primary. Organisms evolved based on what they could do; all of their physiological systems evolved in the service of behavior. Thus, any effective science of behavior will necessarily be part of the biological sciences. That science, behavior analysis, has generated a broad range of applications. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/A._Charles_Catania
 
 
Symposium #404
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Working Together! Collaboration Between Behavior Analysts and Speech-Language Pathologists
Monday, May 26, 2025
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty L
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Piazza (Endicott College)
Discussant: Cory Whelan (Seasons Behavioral Services)
CE Instructor: Lori E. Mastrogiacomo Mastrogiacomo, M.A.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts often work with learners with language and communication deficits. As such, it is usually the case that comprehensive care for maximal impact requires the input of both behavior analysts and speech-language pathologists. Yet, while both professionals work to promote communication skills, effective collaboration often fails to occur between these two disciplines. Despite discussing the need for collaboration for many years, and the inclusion of a call for collaboration in the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2022), there is little published research investigating the impact of collaboration of behavior analysts with other disciplines, including speech-language pathologists. The purpose of this symposium is to present a systematic literature review as well as applied clinical work (focused on increasing vocalizations and echoics of infants at risk for autism, implementing Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC), and teaching mands for social information to later be recalled by children with autism) demonstrating successful outcomes of collaboration and areas for future teamwork between these two disciplines. Recommendations for clinical application and future research will be provided.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): collaboration, communication, echoics, mands
Target Audience:

graduate students, BCBA/BCBA-Ds, SLPs

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the series of precurrent responses necessary for participants to recall information about social partners using the Friend File.
2. Describe two limitations of traditional assessment practices for clinicians who support individuals with communication needs.
3. Describe contingent interactions that have been proven to be effective for infants at risk for autism.
 

A Systematic Literature Review of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Collaboration Across Disciplines

EILIS O'CONNELL-SUSSMAN (Endicott College), Kristin N. Foley (Endicott College), Lori E. Mastrogiacomo (Endicott College / Gold Coast Children's Center)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have been discussing the need for collaboration for many years, however there is little published research investigating the impact of collaboration across disciplines. There are ample opportunities for such collaboration within applied work, with great potential impact on learner outcomes. In addition, collaboration offers opportunities for professionals to increase their knowledge base and to disseminate the science of behavior analysis. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a systematic review of the available literature on collaboration between the field of applied behavior analysis and other disciplines. The authors utilized the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) model and identified 12 articles that met criteria for inclusion. Results of the literature review yielded positive results across two themes: the impact of teaching collaboration skills and the impact of collaboration on learner outcomes. Future research should focus on systematically teaching component skills for effective collaboration to professionals and systematically evaluating models for collaboration.

 

An Applied Model of Interprofessional Collaboration – Assessment (AMIC-A): A Process-Based Approach to Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC)

LILITH REUTER YUILL YUILL (RY Consulting), Lina M. Slim (Lina Slim Consulting; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tamara S. Kasper (Kasper Enterprises/Caravel Autism Health), Leslie VanWinkle (UNMC), Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.), Cindy Gevarter (university of new mexico)
Abstract:

Speech-language pathologists (SLPs), Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), and other professionals provide important support services to children who are candidates for augmentative and alternative communication (AAC). Current assessment practices often neglect critical socio-ecological factors that are necessary to inform communication-based interventions. By leveraging the unique knowledge, research, and expertise of related disciplines, an interprofessional approach to assessment may help to realize individualized or precision interventions and personalized supports that address the unique communication needs of each person. The purpose of this presentation is to introduce a process-based approach to assessment called the Applied Model of Interprofessional Collaboration – Assessment (AMIC–A). The AMIC–A will be defined and detailed including the rationale for development, a description of the approach, and recommendations for implementation. Case study examples and interactive figures will be provided to illustrate implementation of the AMIC–A. Participants will be able to state limitations of traditional assessment practices for clinicians who support individuals with communication needs, explain the steps of the AMIC-A, and discuss how the AMIC-A may help to identify important socio-ecological factors to inform individualized intervention.

 
Examination of the Effects of Contingent Parentease Speech and Contingent Vocal Imitation on Vocalizations of Infants at Risk for Autism
LORI E. MASTROGIACOMO (Endicott College / Gold Coast Children's Center), Hayley May Neimy (HOLLYBURN FAMILY SERVICES), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: Contingent responding to infant vocalizations is a promising intervention for increasing spontaneous vocalizations and echoics in young children. The purpose of the current study is to extend the work of Neimy et al. (2020) by examining the impact of contingent parentease (“babytalk”) speech, contingent vocal imitation, and noncontingent speech (a control condition) on rates of vocalization infants at risk for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Three infants (ages 6-12 months) and their parents and caregivers (three per infant) will participate. Caregivers will be trained to implement each of the three strategies using Behavioral Skills Training (BST). A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across caregivers (with an embedded alternating treatments design) will be used to evaluate effects on rate of infant vocalizations. Data on auxiliary variables (matching and nonmatching echoics, and infant and caregiver eye contact and smiles) will also be collected for further analysis. Results of this study may have implications for providing caregivers with simple yet effective teaching strategies to boost early language development in their children.
 

Friend File: A Problem-Solving Strategy to Promote Mands for and Recall of Social Information

SARAH ELIZABETH VESELY (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe Meyer Institute), Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Omaha), Ky Jackson (University of Nebraska Medical Center / University of Nebraska Omaha), Sarah C Connolly (Munroe Meyer Institute), Juliana Oliveira (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Clara Rangel (University of Nebraska Medical Center; University of Nebraska Omaha)
Abstract:

Asking questions to others about their likes and preferences is a useful way to learn social information about others; but it is also important to recall the information once learned. The present study investigated the use of a Friend File (FF) for teaching children with ASD to mand for, record, then recall social information about others. We conducted a baseline with and without the FF in which participants were instructed to learn as much as they could about a friend by asking questions. The number of mands for information and facts recalled were recorded. In the FF Intervention, participants were taught to approach the named social partner, mand for information about topics with no circled answer (i.e., establishing operation trials), then record the answer in the FF. Several minutes later, the participants were asked to recall what they learned about the social partner with the FF available. Once mastered with two social partners, we evaluated generalization with an untrained adult social partner and peer. Results indicated that the procedure resulted in increased manding, recording, and recall of information about untrained partners. In the absence of the FF, performance improved from baseline but at lower levels than with the FF available.

 
 
Symposium #405
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Data-Driven Autism Interventions Implemented by Parents
Monday, May 26, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michael Nicolosi (Data Driven ABA)
Discussant: Nicola Cefalo (Private Practice (DDA))
CE Instructor: Michael Nicolosi, M.S.
Abstract:

Measurement is the cornerstone of any effective intervention in behavior analysis. Without accurately and continuously collected data, it is impossible to determine not only the effectiveness of an intervention but also its potential risks and benefits. Numerous studies highlight the importance of parental involvement in ABA interventions for children with autism, providing examples of interventions fully implemented by parents. Despite this evidence, parents are often excluded from interventions based on the unfounded belief that they cannot and should not implement evidence-based teaching procedures, and instead should simply 'act as parents.' But what does it mean to 'act as parents' when you have a child diagnosed with autism, if not to provide them with all the necessary tools to adapt to the world and interact with others? This symposium will present four cases of data-driven autism interventions entirely implemented by parents under the supervision of certified behavior analysts. The symposium aims to emphasize the critical importance of both data-based decisions and the direct implementation of interventions by parents.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Data Driven, Parent, Problem Behaviors
Target Audience:

The symposium is aimed at behavior analysts and assistant behavior analysts who are already capable of teaching new behaviors and reducing problematic behaviors using ABA principles and procedures. Basic skills in OBM (Performance Management) will also be beneficial for participants. Additionally, participants should have a solid methodological foundation in data measurement and graphical data processing. The symposium indeed offers an overview of how to use behavioral research methodology to document the progress of interventions and make decisions in the best interest of the client, and includes guidance on the use of Performance Management in parent coaching.

Learning Objectives: 1. Engage parents in some of the most common ABA learning exercises
2. List possible solutions for behavioral problems such as pica, phobias, and lack of cooperation
3. Integrate behavior measurement into everyday practice
 
Collaboration, Self-Care Skills and Pica in a Parent-Implemented Intervention
GAIA GLORIOSA CAMILLA PILOTTO (Private practice), Michael Nicolosi (Data Driven ABA)
Abstract: This study describes the behavioral intervention (ABA) conducted for Davide, a 9-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability. The intervention was entirely conducted by the child's mother under the remote guidance of the Behavior Analyst and the Assistant Behavior Analyst. Three areas of the intervention will be analysed with the support of data and video recordings: teaching behavioral chains for personal and domestic self-care, developing programmes for gross and fine motor imitation, and using positive punishment procedures to reduce the behavior of putting inedible objects in his mouth (PICA). At the beginning of the intervention, Davide exhibited an almost complete lack of personal and domestic self-care skills, he had difficulty sitting for extended periods, and significant problems with imitating movements. The behavior of putting inedible objects in his mouth, present since the age of 2, occupied much of his day, especially in conditions of stimulus deprivation. The ABA intervention included the application of techniques such as chaining with total task presentation, prompt fading, shaping, and positive punishment. The collected data showed Davide’s learning of complex behavioral chains (tidying up toys, making the bed, setting and clearing the table, vacuuming), fine and gross motor imitations, and a significant reduction in pica behavior. The procedures used led to tangible improvements in Davide’s cooperation and skills, highlighting the effectiveness of the parent-implemented ABA intervention.
 
Treating Birthday Phobia in an 11-Year-Old With Autism: A Parent-Implemented, Remote Intervention
NICOLA CEFALO (Private Practice (DDA))
Abstract: Specific phobia is characterised by a persistent and excessive fear triggered by the presence or anticipation of a specific object or situation. Behavioral responses can include wincing, crying, shaking, and avoidance behaviors such as attempting to flee. Research shows that fears and phobias are significantly more common among individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) compared to their typically developing peers. For example, Mayes et al. (2013) reported that parents of 421 out of 1033 children with autism (41%) noted unusual fears, representing 92 different types. Reinforcement procedures and exposure techniques are recognised as evidence-based interventions to address fears or phobias in individuals with ASD. This paper presents an intervention aimed at treating a specific phobia of birthday-related stimuli in an 11-year-old girl with autism. The intervention was implemented entirely by the parents, who were remotely supervised by the first author. The intervention was carried out in three phases: obtaining instructional control and teaching necessary instructions, gradual exposure to birthday-related stimuli with reinforcement procedures of alternative behaviors, and exposure in natural settings. Initially, dining out or participating in social events was impossible due to the participant’s avoidance behaviors. After five months, the family can now dine out and attend parties without any issues. The presentation will include data collected by the parents throughout the intervention.
 
 
Symposium #406
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Experimental Public Policy: Translational Insights for Drug Marketing Regulations
Monday, May 26, 2025
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Brett Gelino (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Steven R Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral pharmacology has benefited greatly from the experimental analysis of behavior. The prediction and control afforded by experimental analyses offer unique insights into how drugs affect behavior and operant responses. Advances in behavioral economics, specifically, have increased our understanding of drug abuse liability and the potential for misuse. Thus, it is unsurprising that translational efforts in behavioral economics and choice have begun to inform public policy surrounding drug labeling, marketing, and design. This translational symposium highlights the importance of experimental analyses in experimental public policy concerning drug marketing regulations. This symposium showcases work being done in both nicotine and cannabis control arenas, across the entire translational continuum: nonhuman experiments, preclinical translations, and applied behavior analysis. In particular, two presentations will focus on nicotine consumption in terms of vaping flavors and greenwashing. The remaining two will focus on the emerging issues related to THC-infused cannabis edibles. The event concludes with expert insights from Dr. Steven Hursh.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, choice, drugs
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts with training or interest in behavioral pharmacology or public policy.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe methods for assessing drug demand.
2. Describe methods for assessing children's choice of reinforcers.
3. Describe demand curve analyses.
 

Evaluating the Impact of Packaging on Consumer Demand for THC-Infused Gummies: Implications for Public Health

(Applied Research)
MADISON GRAHAM (University of Kansas), Brett Gelino (Rutgers University), Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Derek D. Reed (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
Abstract:

Cannabis packaging and labeling in the U.S. are regulated at the state level, leading to inconsistency due to the lack of federal standardization. While most states mandate labels to include product content, health warnings, child safety disclaimers, and a cannabis symbol, regulations on aspects like colors, fonts, and dosing information vary more widely. Research from tobacco control literature shows that packaging can significantly impact consumer behavior, particularly among younger individuals. This issue is especially concerning for young children since THC-infused gummies resemble regular gummy candies, unlike most tobacco products. With rising cases of pediatric cannabis ingestion resulting in hospitalizations, effective public health strategies are needed. This study aimed to examine how packaging affects consumer demand. We employed a 2 (colorful versus basic label designs; between subjects) x 2 (5mg vs. 30mg THC dose; within-subjects) design. 100 participants from states with legalized recreational cannabis completed a simulated purchase task after viewing experimental packaging. Findings indicated that demand for THC gummies was relatively unaffected by packaging variations. The results suggest further research is needed to explore effective ways to minimize risks associated with edible cannabis products, especially among vulnerable populations like children.

 
Assessing “Unsupervised” Edible Item Consumption in Children: Implications for Safety Strategies and Product Marketing
(Applied Research)
SILVIA L VERHOFSTE (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Skylar DeWitt (Eastern Michigan University), Samantha Jo Zohr (Eastern Michigan University), Grace Kovacich (Eastern Michigan University), Alex Boskovic (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The introduction of adult recreational products resembling common household foods, such as chocolate and gummies, has resulted in a staggering 1375.0% increase in accidental cannabis ingestion cases among children under the age of six (Tweet et al., 2023). This translational study investigates the conditions under which children are likely to consume unattended, preferred, and non-psychoactive edible items resembling cannabis products when they believe they are unsupervised. Children between the ages of three and six were assessed in a controlled environment, measuring latency to consumption and item engagement across various environmental-edible testing conditions, including introducing novelty items. Our preliminary results suggest that children fall into one of three categories: (a) those who do not consume anything (n = 2), (b) those who only consume their preferred item (and do not consume unfamiliar items; n = 1), and (c) those who consume everything (n = 3). These findings provide insight into children's consumption behaviors, inform safety strategies, and influence product marketing practices. By emphasizing the need for collaborative efforts among caregivers, manufacturers, and policymakers, this study seeks to safeguard children's health and reduce the risks associated with accidental consumption of potentially harmful edible items.
 
Flavor Increases Nicotine Vaping in a Preclinical Model
(Basic Research)
MARIAH WILLIS-MOORE (Utah State University), Kiernan Callister (Utah State University), Lucy Scribner (Utah State University), David Legaspi (The Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network; Utah State University), Daniel Santos Da Silva (Utah State University), Rick Allan Bevins (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Adam Leventhal (University of Southern California, Los Angeles), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Flavored tobacco products are highly appealing to youth and young adults because added flavors substantially reduce harshness and facilitate inhalation. To curb appeal, all flavored cigarettes, except menthol, were banned by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration in 2009. However, there are still flavored tobacco products on the market. E-cigarettes are widely marketed and popular amongst adolescents and young adults because they contain attractive flavors including candy, fruit, and dessert. Regular e-cigarette use is associated with impacts on brain development, respiratory inflammation, and increases the likelihood of smoking tobacco cigarettes. Research that examines how flavor impacts e-cigarette use is needed. Towards this end, we are investigating the role of flavoring in the self-administration of nicotine vaping in our preclinical animal model, the Rodent Electronic Nicotine Delivery System. Our preliminary studies have revealed that overall, flavored e-cigarette solutions increase nicotine aerosol-seeking during acquisition compared to a non-flavored control (n = 4 female rats). We have also found response rates for mango flavored e-liquid are higher than tobacco-flavored e-liquid (n = 4 male rats). Together, these results empirically demonstrate how impactful flavoring is for e-cigarette use. Future considerations about reducing the appeal of flavors for e-cigarettes are warranted.
 
Consumer Preference for Cigarettes Advertised With and Without Greenwashing Techniques: A Behavioral Economic Analysis
(Applied Research)
BRETT GELINO (Rutgers University), Gideon P. Naudé (Johns Hopkins University), Jess Harbaugh (Johns Hopkins University), Rebekah Schlitzer (Johns Hopkins University), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Greenwashing is an increasingly common tobacco marketing strategy that may circumvent FDA restrictions on the use of unauthorized reduced-risk claims. The aim of this project was to test the effect of greenwashing tactics—advertising products as eco-friendly and natural—on cigarette puff topography, valuation, and market competition (i.e., cross-commodity consumption). Young adults (N=31; n=7 female; n=20 racial and ethnic minoritized groups) age 19-34 who smoke cigarettes daily completed a within-subject experiment involving two topography and seven operant demand sessions. Participants were exposed to greenwashed and matched-control advertising for novel cigarette brands; unknown to participants, both conditions used the same commercial cigarette product. Session responding exhibited no significant differences in puff topography across advertising conditions. Most participants (71%) preferred the greenwashed cigarettes when concurrently available at the same low price, with significantly more puffs earned (p=.02, d=0.37) and a greater proportion of total cigarette puffs smoked (p=.004, d=0.55) for the greenwashed brand. Both brands acted as strong substitutes with preference quickly shifting to the alternative under increasing cost. These findings suggest that greenwashing may increase the relative reinforcing effects of cigarettes across diverse population groups.
 
 
Symposium #407
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Experiences of School-Based Behavior Analysts: Responsibilities, Challenges, and Strategies for Success
Monday, May 26, 2025
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Rose Nevill (University of Virginia)
Discussant: Scott Spaulding (University of Washington)
CE Instructor: Natalie Badgett, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The roles, responsibilities, and experiences of behavior analysts working in schools remain unclear. Gaining an understanding of how behavior analysts experience school-based work is essential for addressing training and support needs for these professionals. In this symposium, we will present recent survey data from a national sample of behavior analysts working in schools, specifically related to the roles and responsibilities fulfilled by behavior analysts in schools and to the unique ethical challenges faced by these professionals. We will then share findings from research exploring experiences specific to behavior analysts who serve students with extensive support needs in school settings, with a focus on preparedness and implications for future training approaches. Finally, to illustrate the connection of the research to lived experiences of behavior analysts working in schools, we will share a case study in which a behavior analyst successfully worked within an educational system to deliver behavioral supports to students. Providing high quality applied behavior analysis in schools increases access to services for learners who are unable to access services in clinical settings; it is essential that research explores factors related to the implementation of ABA within schools, including the experiences of behavior analysts working in these settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Ethics, Implementation, School-Based ABA, Systems Change
Target Audience:

Audience members should have a basic understanding of implementation of applied behavior analysis within educational systems (i.e., schools, school districts).

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify roles and responsibilities of behavior analysts working in schools
2. Identify common ethical challenges experienced by behavior analysts working in schools
3. Identify training needs and experiences relevant to working in schools
4. Identify strategies for successful implementation of applied behavior analysis in schools at the systems level
 
Roles and Responsibilities of Behavior Analysts Working in Schools
NATALIE BADGETT (University of Utah), Amy Stango (Empirical Pediatric Therapy), Marija Čolić (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Roxanne Michel Bristol (University of Hawai'i at Mānoa), Rachelle Huntington (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract: Despite an increasing presence of behavior analysts in schools, there is limited research exploring the roles, responsibilities, and training experiences of these professionals. We surveyed 126 behavior analysts working in schools across the United States and found that when behavior analysts work in schools, they serve in various roles and carry diverse responsibilities including individual student support, educator coaching, and systems change. In open ended responses, participants indicated that their roles were poorly defined or misunderstood by administrators and educators and expressed concerns about caseloads and capacity to adequately serve students. Additionally, while most respondents reported accessing pre-service training relevant to working in schools, we identified gaps in contexts-specific training relevant to these settings. In this presentation, we will discuss the need for targeted training and systems-level guidance for behavior analysts working in complex school environments. We will recommend actions that can be taken at the level of the individual professional, the school and district, and the profession of applied behavior analysis to better support behavior analysts working in schools.
 
Ethics of Applied Behavior Analysis in Schools: Experiences of Behavior Analysts in School Based Positions
JAKOB LAURENCE MCINTOSH (University of Utah), Natalie Badgett (University of Utah), Marija Čolić (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Amy Stango (Empirical Pediatric Therapy), Roxanne Michel Bristol (University of Hawai'i at Mānoa), Rachelle Huntington (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract: Board certified behavior analysts are obligated to adhere to the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2020) in the context of their professional service. However, when behavior analysts work in school settings, they may experience demands and policies that conflict with the Ethics Code. In a national survey of behavior analysts working in schools, we identified common ethical challenges faced by behavior analysts in these settings. Additionally, we examined the relationship between the number of ethical challenges experienced and the autonomy of behavior analysts working in schools, finding that as behavior analysts experience more ethical challenges, they experience lower autonomy. Supporting our survey findings, responses to open-ended questions indicate that behavior analysts working in schools primarily experience ethical dilemmas related to third party relationships, clear roles and responsibilities, and accepting clients. In this presentation, we will share survey findings and discuss implications for supporting behavior analysts to work in schools.
 

School-Based Board Certified Behavior Analysts' (BCBAs') Preparedness & Confidence in Supporting Students With Extensive Support Needs & Complex Communication Needs

MONIQUE PINCZYNSKI (Boise State University), Natalie Andzik (Northern Illinois University), Robert C. Pennington (University of Kentucky), Andrea Bowen Masud (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Alexandra Marie reilly (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

In 2023, 12.16% of the 66,339 board-certified behavior analysts (BCBA) worked in education (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, n.d). Many school-based BCBAs serve students with extensive support needs (ESN) and complex communication needs (CCN). Little is known regarding the roles BCBAs take in supporting the communication programming of these students within educational teams. To investigate BCBA’s perceptions related to these roles, we distributed a survey to BCBAs across the country and invited them to engage in an interview following the completion of the survey to answer the following questions: 1) How are BCBAs supporting students with ESN who have CCN in school settings, 2) What are school-based BCBA’s perceived level of confidence when working with students with ESN/ CCN, and 3) What are school-based BCBA’s perceived level of preparedness when working with students with ESN / CCN? Currently, 80 school-based BCBAs have responded to our questionnaire with results shown in Tables 1 and 2, and we are in the process of interviewing participants. Preliminary results from the questionnaire indicate that school-based BCBAs vary in their level of preparedness across communication assessment and programming for students with ESN and CCN, whereas confidence in the same set of skills was overall higher.

 

Systematizing Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) Support in General Education: Five Years of Implementation Data and Outcomes

JESSICA FORSDICK OLSON (University of Utah)
Abstract:

The increasing presence of behavior analysts in schools creates a critical need for systematic approaches to behavior support delivery. While many behavior analysts work primarily with special education populations, there is limited research on BCBA support systems for general education students. This case study examines the five-year evolution of a district-wide behavior specialist program supporting general education students in a large public school district. Analysis of referral data from 2019-2024 (N=283 students) reveals significant trends in service delivery and student needs, including a dramatic increase in K-2 referrals (from <50% to 75% of cases) and rising rates of physical aggression referrals. Implementation of a systematic three-tiered support model and behavior severity scale led to more efficient service delivery. This case study demonstrates how behavior analysts can successfully systematize support within general education settings while highlighting the critical need for proactive behavior support systems. This case study suggests important implications for scaling behavior analytic services in schools and preparing behavior analysts to support in educational settings.

 
 
Panel #409
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Learnings From Listening: Shaping a Path of Care for Families, With Families
Monday, May 26, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Adam D. Hahs, Ph.D.
Chair: Adam D. Hahs (Caravel Autism Health)
MICHAEL J. JAMES CAMERON (University of Southern California)
KAREN NOHELTY (360 Behavioral Health)
DENNIS DIXON (360 Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

The path of care for autistic individuals and their families remains a critical facet of the work the ABA community is so fortunate to influence. In the context of family guidance, however, much of those well-intended efforts rely on the clinician’s interpretation of qualitative data afforded by the family in service of architecting plans of care that are sensitive to cultural and diversity variables. The current symposium affords several quantitatively oriented assessments to address said familial needs, in service of highly individualized, collaborative plan of care development. Further, we aim to highlight the ways and degree to which related service providers’ input may be integrated into a holistic familial approach. Offerings of the ways in which clinicians may integrate diversity- and cultural humility-based practices with the families with whom they work as well as the extent to which they build systemic, clinical approaches are discussed, as we believe this is a particularly impactful aspect of our clinical practice going forward.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

intermediate

Learning Objectives: 1. The participant will be able to identify critical variables to familial activation
2. Participants will be able to develop data-driven, actionable items for all stakeholders involved in a clients’ plan of care.
3. Participants will identify ways in which how information is shared with related stakeholders impact alignment regarding plan of care for the client and family
Keyword(s): ACT, activation, family guidance
 
 
Symposium #410
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Contrived and Naturalistic Stimuli in Schedule Thinning During Functional Communication Training
Monday, May 26, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty I-K
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Keelie Hotchkiss (University of Georgia )
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
CE Instructor: Keelie Hotchkiss, M.S.
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) often employs multiple schedules with contrived stimuli (e.g., colored cards) to indicate when reinforcement is available, enhancing the rate at which individuals can discriminate between reinforced and non-reinforced periods. Although this method speeds up learning, the use of contrived stimuli may increase response effort and contribute to social stigma, especially in community settings. This symposium examines two studies that investigate the effectiveness of naturalistic stimuli (e.g., reading a book) within multiple schedules in FCT. Findings suggest that while contrived stimuli promote faster discrimination, their application may be limited in real-world contexts due to social and practical constraints. To address these limitations, in study 1, a stimulus-fading procedure was evaluated to transfer stimulus control from contrived to naturalistic cues. In study 2, a multiple schedule was employed where the S-Delta was trained, but the SD was under divergent control. Results suggest that these methods can enable discriminated communication through naturalistic signals, offering a socially viable approach to schedule thinning in FCT. Clinical implications for implementing naturalistic stimuli to support sustainable, socially acceptable interventions will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): FCT, Multiple Schedules, Schedule Thinning, Stimulus Control
Target Audience: This presentation is designed for behavior analysts and professionals in applied behavior analysis who have foundational knowledge of Functional Communication Training (FCT) and are familiar with concepts like multiple schedules and schedule thinning. This session will provide actionable insights into the use of naturalistic stimuli to enhance treatment feasibility and address the limitations of contrived cues in real-world applications.
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify socially viable approaches to schedule thinning in FCT by using naturalistic signals to maintain discriminated communication.
2. Demonstrate the application of naturalistic stimuli within multiple schedules in Functional Communication Training (FCT).
3. Apply stimulus-fading procedures to transfer stimulus control from contrived to naturalistic cues within FCT interventions.
4. Examine the benefits and methods of using naturalistic stimuli, rather than arbitrary cues, to signal reinforcement and extinction periods during schedule thinning in Functional Communication Training (FCT).
 

Transferring Stimulus Control From Contrived to Natural Stimuli in Multiple Schedules

KEELIE HOTCHKISS (University of Georgia), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Jacqueline D DeBartelo (Student at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Multiple schedules with contrived stimuli are commonly used for schedule thinning in Functional Communication Training (FCT). To my knowledge, there have only been two studies that have compared multiple schedules with contrived stimuli (e.g., colored cards) versus naturally occurring stimuli (e.g., reading a book, speaking on the phone, etc.) during schedule thinning. Both studies found that contrived stimuli produced more rapid discrimination of the functional communication response (FCR), than naturally occurring stimuli. Despite the success of contrived stimuli, their utilization may come with various limitations, such as an increase in response effort to implement the intervention and social stigmatization for the child. The purpose of the current study was to assess a stimulus-fading procedure to transfer stimulus control from contrived to naturalistic stimuli in a multiple schedule following FCT. The results suggest that stimulus-fading can produce discriminated functional communication with natural stimuli in multiple schedules. Clinical implications will be discussed.

 
Discriminated Functional Communication Through Training an Existing S-Delta
ELIZABETH PARTHUM (Mount St. Mary’s University, Emmitsburg, MD, USA), Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University), Julie CROCHET (Mount St. Mary's University)
Abstract: Schedule thinning is essential for translating treatment efficacy to community effectiveness. Thinning the schedule of reinforcement in functional communication training (FCT) using a multiple schedule is a common and effective means to make treatment implementation more practical. Most commonly, two arbitrary stimuli (e.g., green and red cards) signal when reinforcement is available and when reinforcement is not available (S-Delta periods). As an alternative to using arbitrary stimuli, there are several reasons why using stimuli common to the context of harmful behavior as signals for periods of extinction may be important. In the current study, participants who engaged in harmful behavior maintained by access to tangibles were taught to verbally request their preferred tangibles, then to abstain from requesting when naturalistic stimuli in their environments (to which they had not previously attended) signaled that they were not available (but no signal was provided when reinforcement was available), replicating and extending prior work.
 
 
Symposium #411
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Function And Topography of Challenging Mealtime Behavior As Tools For Treatment Identification
Monday, May 26, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brittany Jean Martino (Children’s Specialized Hospital)
Discussant: Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Brittany Jean Martino, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Pediatric feeding difficulties represent a complex interplay of medical, nutritional, psychosocial, and skill-based challenges that can significantly impact oral intake (Goday et al., 2019). Behavior analysts addressing feeding difficulties must navigate these complexities by conducting comprehensive assessments to develop effective, individualized treatments aimed at decreasing inappropriate mealtime behaviors. However, as inappropriate mealtime behaviors decrease and bite or drink acceptance improves, new topographies of challenging behavior that interfere with bite or drink consumption may emerge, such as expulsion. These behaviors necessitate further evaluation and treatment (Sevin et al., 2002). This symposium will explore the function and topographies of challenging mealtime behaviors, emphasizing the role of assessments in guiding treatment decisions. The first presentation will focus on discussing the multiple topographies of expulsion and present findings on the impact of utensil manipulations in reducing wipe-out expulsions. The second presentation will examine the utility of including a tangible condition in feeding functional analyses. Together, these presentations will highlight evidence-based strategies to refine assessment practices and improve outcomes for children with PFDs.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): assessment, expulsion, feeding-difficulties, functional-analysis
Target Audience:

advanced

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify empirically supported assessment strategies for identification of treatment for inappropriate mealtime behavior.
2. Define different topographies of challenging mealtime behavior (e.g., expel).
3. Understand and identify directions for future research to identify treatments for different types of challenging mealtime beahvior.
 
Addressing Multiple Topographies of Expels During Intensive Feeding Intervention
LAURA QUINTERO (Marcus Autism Center/Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Meara X. H. McMahon (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Jacquelin Gonzales (Marcus Autism Center/Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta)
Abstract: The current study examined the effects of underspoon on wiping food out of the mouth, which is one topography of expulsion. Previous studies have examined modified bolus placement, as an antecedent-based procedure to reduce expulsion by comparing upright presentations to Nuk® brush and/or flipped spoon presentations (Ibanez et al., 2021; Sharp et al., 2012; Volkert et al., 2019; Wilkens et al., 2014). Intensive multidisciplinary programs will sometimes implement wipe prevention which consists of the feeder hovering over the child’s hands to prevent contact with the food. Although this may be ineffective for children with high-intensity responses (e.g., aggression and self-injurious behaviors) or feeders are unable to implement the procedure effectively due to high intensity of refusal behavior. This study initially evaluated two treatments, wipe prevention and re-presentations following high levels of wipe-out expulsion. Although there was only one participant of four to complete the initial evaluation. The present study aimed to assess the effects of underspoon on wipe out expulsions and mouth cleans with children presenting with ARFID following the discontinuation of prevent wipes and re-presentations comparisons.
 

Functional analysis technology and assessment: What do we know and where do we go next?

EMMA AUTEN (Children’s Specialized Hospital—Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH—RUCARES)), Kathryn M. Peterson (Emory University and Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Casey Toutoungi (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Researchers and clinicians treating feeding difficulties have used functional analysis technology to evaluate the maintaining consequences of inappropriate mealtime behavior during the mealtime (Piazza et al., 2003). Saini et al. (2019) found that there were no differences between treatments that were and were not based on functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB). However, Bachmeyer et al. (2009) and Kirkwood et al. (2020) suggested interventions should be matched to all functions of IMB identified in a functional analysis. Based on the literature, it is unclear how often functional analyses of IMB are currently being used. The current study aimed to a) discuss the current state of the literature related to functional analysis b) evaluate how often practitioners treating food selectivity utilize functional analyses in their practice and c) discuss other types of assessments that could inform treatments. Considerations for practice and future directions for assessment methodology research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #412
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Innovations in Applications of Relational Networks and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
Monday, May 26, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 156
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meagan Grasley (Endicott College, Kids on the Move)
Discussant: Melissa Connor-Santos (Felician University)
CE Instructor: Melissa Connor-Santos, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium explores innovations in addressing critical issues in society and the field of behavior analysis, focusing on the development of relational networks and their impact. The first presentation revisits Watt et al.'s (1991) equivalence model to assess advancements in research on social stereotyping. Through a systematic literature review of empirical studies on derived relational responding and social categorization, findings reveal that contextual factors may influence the perpetuation of social stereotypes. Insights and recommendations are provided to aid behavior analysts in mitigating harmful biases which can impact behavior analytic practice. The linkage between the strength of relational networks and how these relations can impact practitioners leading to challenges in navigating demands in the workplace is explored in the second presentation. This presentation addresses practitioner burnout which is a pervasive concern for ABA professionals. This study examines the potential of integrating Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) within Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to enhance psychological flexibility and reduce burnout in ABA practitioners. These talks provide an explanation as to how the establishment of some types of relational networks can lead to challenges within broad society and the smaller community of behavior analysis. Further we explore how our field can address issues.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, relational networks, social categorization, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Participants should have some familiarity with derived relational responding and how this is related to acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT).

Learning Objectives: 1. Analyze the influence of relational networks on social stereotyping within the field of behavior analysis and identify key factors that contribute to the formation and perpetuation of social biases.
2. Evaluate recent research on derived relational responding and understand its implications for reducing harmful stereotypes in behavior analytic practice.
3. Apply concepts from Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) within Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to enhance psychological flexibility and develop strategies to mitigate burnout among ABA practitioners.
 

Thirty-Four Years Later: What Do We Know About Social Stereotyping?

AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois Chicago / Oregon Institute of Technology), Craig A Marrer (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

Thirty four years have passed since Watt et al. (1991) proposed the equivalence model as a way of studying social categorization. This presentation aims to provide an update on the status of this line of research to support behavior analysts who are interested in this important research area. We conducted a systematic literature review of existing empirical studies on derived relational responding and social categorization from nine major behavior analytic journals. The current body of research demonstrates that variables such as pre-existing relations in line with social stereotypes, training and testing order, and other relevant context likely impact the formation of new stimulus classes. This is relevant to the formation of both implicit and explicit bias. A considerable amount of work remains if we wish to understand and target behaviors and practices that perpetuate harmful social stereotypes, which can impact society at large, as well as behavior analytic practice. Recommendations for future directions will be discussed.

 
Utilizing Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to Teach Behavior Technicians Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to Reduce Burnout
JESSE LEE SEARS (Emergent Learning Clinic), Autumn N. McKeel (Emergent Learning Clinic)
Abstract: Practitioners within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) engage in a variety of highly demanding work tasks (e.g., conducting assessments, collaboration, caregiver training and support, collecting data, and overseeing implementation). Therefore, burnout has become an increasingly prevalent issue within the field. Raven health published an article that showed in a recent study, out of 800 ABA practitioners, over 70% reported medium or high levels of burnout. (Pfahler, C. et al., 2012). Behavior analysts frequently use Behavioral Skills Training (BST) as the gold standard in training staff to competency of skills. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been shown to increase psychological flexibility and has been used as an effective treatment for multiple psychological and behavioral problems such as depression, anxiety, addiction, and work performance. (Dixon, M. R., Hayes, S. C., & Belisle, J. 2023). The present study aims to examine if using BST to teach staff ACT can reduce levels of burnout.
 
 
Panel #413
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Beyond Boundaries: Friendship, Transformation, and the Pursuit of Belonging in the Field of Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Dana Meller, M.A.
Chair: Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi (Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi)
DANA MELLER (Pass the Big ABA Exam)
IRENE ABREGO NICOLET (Capella University)
Abstract:

In this panel, Dr. Nasiah Cirincione Ulezi, BCBA, Ed.D., and Dana Meller, MA, BCBA, continue their conversation from ABAI 2023. It’s a year later and the world and our field are even more divided. The two women continue to come together to share the realizations and lessons from their intimate weekly coffee date, reflecting on how they’ve navigated a friendship in this increasingly complex time. The conversation will address race, intersectionality, aging and the significance and role of partnership between Black and White women. As friends and colleagues, Nasiah and Dana observed each other navigate predominantly Black and White spaces, building a relationship grounded in honesty, compassion, self-awareness, and mutual respect. They approach challenging topics with necessary honesty, complexity, and empathy, offering unique perspectives: Nasiah, as a scholar and thought leader standing for transformation and human dignity; Dana, as an entrepreneurial visionary who is passionate about creating supportive and collaborative learning environments. This conversation aims to create a brave space where women can learn from and empower one another, ultimately contributing to the creation of a world where everyone can experience belonging.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, Graduate Students, and Practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Explore the significance and role of partnership in the relationship between a Black woman and a White woman.
2. Examine the impact of mutual support between Black and White women across diverse environments.
3. Reflect on their own capacity to engage with others who hold identities different from their own.
 
 
Symposium #414
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Integrating Practical Functional Assessment/Skill-Based Treatment and Essential For Living With Professional Crisis Management: A Trauma-Informed and Compassionate Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Approach
Monday, May 26, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Erik Jacobson (Upstate Caring Partners)
Discussant: Troy A Fry (Essential For Living)
CE Instructor: Miguel Avila, M.A.
Abstract:

As Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) continues to embrace more compassionate, trauma-informed approaches, the need for crisis management procedures remains both critical and controversial in supporting individuals with moderate to severe disabilities and who engage in significant problem behaviors. Some practitioners and advocates misinterpret crisis management as inherently incompatible with trauma-informed care. However, crisis situations—such as continuous severe aggression, self-injurious behavior, or safety risks—may still arise, requiring immediate and judicious responses to ensure the safety of all involved without compromising dignity or respect. For instance, unplanned/unknown Establishing Operations, limited resources, and establishing safe boundaries could set the occasion for crisis behaviors to occur. A continuum may exist between behavioral stabilization and critical treatment outcomes. This presentation will explore how all of these approaches align with the compassionate ABA principles and trauma-informed frameworks. We will discuss the risks of neglecting crisis protocols, address common misconceptions, and present strategies for integrating proactive crisis management into our practice. It will highlight how appropriate crisis management strategies showing good clinical judgment can mitigate long-term trauma by preventing escalation and enhancing our skill-based model. Trauma-informed models will be emphasized as key in refining our crisis management procedures. Participants will leave with a deeper understanding of the nuanced role crisis management plays, as well as how to integrate it with existing models of Trauma-Informed Care (TIC) and compassionate practice to balance safety and compassion in their work.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The audience should have foundational understanding of the PFT/SBT assessment and treatment model, the Essential for Living assessment and curriculum, and the implementation of crisis management systems to best benefit from the nuances of this examination. The audience should have some experience assessing and treating severe problem behavior in individuals with moderate to severe disabilities

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify common factors that increase the risk of crises.
2. Participants will describe strategies to modify analysis and treatment when EOs are inconvenient or challenging to contrive, increasing the risk of crises.
3. Participants will be able to evaluate case-studies that highlight the successful outcomes when PFA / SBT is implemented in conjunction with crisis management strategies.
4. Participants will be able to describe ways in which trauma-informed models can better inform approaches to crisis management.
 

Integrating Practical Functional Assessment/Skill-Based Treatment and Essential for Living With Professional Crisis Management: A Trauma-Informed and Compassionate Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Approach

MIGUEL AVILA (Essential for Living), Jon Horn (Upstate Caring Partners)
Abstract:

As Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) continues to embrace more compassionate, trauma-informed approaches, the need for crisis management procedures remains both critical and controversial in supporting individuals with moderate to severe disabilities and who engage in significant problem behaviors. Some practitioners and advocates misinterpret crisis management as inherently incompatible with trauma-informed care. However, crisis situations—such as continuous severe aggression, self-injurious behavior, or safety risks—may still arise, requiring immediate and judicious responses to ensure the safety of all involved without compromising dignity or respect. For instance, unplanned/unknown Establishing Operations, limited resources, and establishing safe boundaries could set the occasion for crisis behaviors to occur. A continuum may exist between behavioral stabilization and critical treatment outcomes. This presentation will explore how all of these approaches align with the compassionate ABA principles and trauma-informed frameworks. We will discuss the risks of neglecting crisis protocols, address common misconceptions, and present strategies for integrating proactive crisis management into our practice. It will highlight how appropriate crisis management strategies showing good clinical judgment can mitigate long-term trauma by preventing escalation and enhancing our skill-based model. Trauma-informed models will be emphasized as key in refining our crisis management procedures. Participants will leave with a deeper understanding of the nuanced role crisis management plays, as well as how to integrate it with existing models of Trauma-Informed Care (TIC) and compassionate practice to balance safety and compassion in their work.

 

Integrating Trauma-Informed Care Models With Crisis Management: Case Studies

JON HORN (Upstate Caring Partners), Miguel Avila (Essential for Living)
Abstract:

This talk aims to address the reality that even with robust trauma-informed models like Practical Functional Assessment (PFA), Skill-Based Treatment, and the Essential for Living Curriculum, crises can still arise. These situations may be driven by a variety of factors, like unanticipated establishing operations (EOs), EOs that are hard to contrive for analysis, or hard to avoid. Additionally, resource limitations in certain settings can further complicate these efforts, underscoring the need for a comprehensive approach that integrates analysis, treatment, and safety considerations. The presentation will review specific case studies to illustrate how crisis management can be integrated into a trauma-informed assessment and treatment process. Strategies for advancing analysis and treatment will be discussed, as well as ways in which trauma-informed models can better inform our approaches to crisis management. Key topics will include: Adapting trauma-informed models to include crisis management without deviating from the goals of treatment, balancing treatment goals with the need for safety in moments of crisis, while ensuring dignity and care for individuals, and Improving collaboration across teams to make sure resources are used efficiently.

 
 
Symposium #415
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Contribution of Pavlovian Conditioning in Self-Control: A Basic and Applied Evaluation
Monday, May 26, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 150 AB
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Richard Colombo (University of Washington)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
CE Instructor: Rick Colombo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals who show self-control are better able to delay gratification, opting for choices that lead to improved long-term outcomes. A well-developed self-control repertoire is closely linked to safer, healthier, and more responsible behaviors, contributing to overall well-being and life satisfaction (Amlung et al., 2016). In self-control research, subjects are typically presented with a choice between a smaller, immediate reward and a larger, delayed one, often within tightly controlled experimental conditions. While researchers have explored various methods to increase preference for the delayed reward, many of these approaches require considerable time, precision, and effort to implement effectively. Recently, Madden et al. (2023) suggested that Pavlovian conditioning may enhance self-control techniques by first conditioning a stimulus, which is then applied in a self-control framework. This symposium will present data from both basic and applied evaluations of Pavlovian conditioning techniques in fostering self-control. The implications for teaching self-control on a larger scale, with fewer resources and greater efficiency, will also be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Choice, Pavlovian Conditioning, School, Self-control
Target Audience:

The audience should have an understanding of research in Pavlovian conditioning, self-control, and related terminology. Researchers and clinicians are welcome.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe an application of Pavlovian conditioning in a classroom setting
2. Explain how Pavlovian conditioning contributes to self-control
3. Identify a basic methodology for studying self-control with Pavlovian conditioning
 

Pavlovian Sign Tracking and Self-Control: Replication and Extension

(Basic Research)
SABA MAHMOUDI (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Impulsive choice is the preference for a smaller-sooner reward over a larger-later reward. Mahmoudi and Madden (in press) reported that a Pavlovian conditioned stimulus when presented before and after a larger-later reward choice increased self-control choice in rats. In a follow-up experiment, male and female Long-Evans rats were randomly assigned to Pavlovian, unpaired, or truly random control groups. During an eight-session training phase, a lever insertion signaled a food for Pavlovian rats, and rats sign-tracked to this conditioned stimulus. The lever did not acquire a conditioned stimulus function for rats in the unpaired and truly random control groups. An impulsive choice assessment followed. For half of the rats, the lever from the training phase served as the larger-later reward lever and, when it was pressed, it was retracted during the delay to the larger-later reward. There was no difference in choice across the Pavlovian, unpaired, or truly randomized control rats. For the other half of the rats, the lever was presented before choice and remained in the chamber during the delay to the larger-later reward. Among these rats, preliminary visual analysis shows that Pavlovian-trained rats made more self-control choices than unpaired or truly random control groups; the latter were undifferentiated.

 

Evaluating the Effects of a Conditioned Stimulus on Self-Control Responses in a Kindergarten Classroom Setting

(Applied Research)
RICHARD COLOMBO (University of Washington), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), SABA MAHMOUDI (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Teaching self-control to children involves presenting a choice between a smaller, immediate reward and a larger, delayed reward. One approach to developing self-control, known as delay fading, starts with no delay for either reward. As the child consistently chooses the larger reward, the delay is gradually increased. Although delay fading can be effective, some children still struggle to choose the delayed reward (e.g., Fisher et al., 2000). Madden et al. (2023) suggested an alternative method by incorporating a bridging stimulus with a prior history of Pavlovian conditioning. This study aimed to evaluate the effects of a pre-conditioning procedure on the self-control responses of kindergarten children, both with and without intellectual and developmental disabilities. Pilot data showed increased positive emotional responses and conditioned stimulus attraction when using a visual card as the conditioned stimulus in the classroom. This visual stimulus was then used in an intertemporal choice task to determine the indifference point. Preliminary findings indicated no effect on self-control, and further analysis will focus on modifying the conditioned stimulus.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #416
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
A Behavior Regulation Approach to Learned Performances
Monday, May 26, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Kenneth W. Jacobs, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: KENNETH W. JACOBS (Salem State University)
Abstract: Regulation is a feature of life itself. To live is to transact with the external environment to maintain one's internal environment. Learning and behavior, however, extend beyond the organism's basic life functions. Whole-organism behavior may be regulated for its own sake, independent of biological needs. This presentation will outline a Behavior Regulation Theory (BRT) that accounts for the time and effort devoted to life's non-essentials. Why do we find a television series "binge-worthy," and how does TikTok lead to "brain-rot"? BRT addresses these questions by examining how behavioral equilibrium—an organism's preferred distribution of activities—is maintained in the face of environmental challenges. While organisms typically defend their behavioral equilibrium, language-capable humans often disrupt it in an endless pursuit of "goals." This presentation offers an experimental framework to study language as a regulatory mechanism itself, exploring how verbal regulation can either preserve or destroy behavioral equilibrium.
Instruction Level: Basic
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe behavior regulation
2. Identify behavioral equilibrium
3. Apply disequilibrium contingencies
 
KENNETH W. JACOBS (Salem State University)
Kenneth W. Jacobs, Ph.D. is an Assistant Professor of Psychology at Salem State University. Dr. Jacobs received his doctoral training at the University of Nevada, Reno under the mentorship of Linda J. Hayes. He was trained in theory, philosophy, and the experimental analysis of human behavior. Dr. Jacobs has published both theoretical and empirical articles on the status of reinforcement in behavior analysis. Among his most influential works is a collaboration on the roles of affordances and dispositions within the analysis of behavior. His more recent research has explored an alternative approach to reinforcement called response disequilibrium theory. Dr. Jacobs' published works on response disequilibrium can be found in Behavioural Processes, The Psychological Record, and Behavior Analysis in Practice.
 
 
Symposium #417
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Designing Microcredentials to Document the Intellectual Skills of Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 26, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy, The Wing Institute at Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D.Holds a doctorate and has substantial, formal training in behavior analysis.
Abstract:

A new approach to documenting the intellectual skills and repertoires of professionals is emerging in several fields of study, including education, medicine, and information technology. The technology is called micro-credentialing. A micro-credential is an award, based on a short, verifiable presentation that demonstrates that a scientist-practitioner has mastered a specific skill in a content area. An individual with a micro-credential can demonstrate competent, mastery-level performance of its corresponding skill— on demand. Three presenters will describe a micro-credentials process for documenting the intellectual skills of behavior analysts. First, Kent Johnson will present a behavior-analytic view of micro-credentials, and describe some “best practices” in instructional design that one could incorporate when building a micro-credential learning program. Next, Andrew Bulla will present examples of micro-credentials for behavior analysts from both the experimental- and applied-behavior analytic domains. Finally, Jennifer Ninci and Marija Colic will describe a micro-credential program to document a behavior analyst’s fieldwork supervision skills. Establishing skill-based credentials across the field of behavior analysis would provide additional reassurances about the skills of potential employees or supervisors and may provide a data-based way for individuals to demonstrate specific expertise in an area.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

introductory instruction level

Learning Objectives: 1. Define and describe micro-credential.
2. Describe at least 3 instructional design principles to incorporate in a micro-credential learning program.
3. Give at least 4 examples of micro-credentials that would be useful to behavior analysts.
4. Describe a low-cost micro-credential for fieldwork supervision.
 

Designing Micro-credential Learning Programs That Promote Intellectual Skill Mastery

KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

I will describe a behavior analytic view of the concept, micro-credential. I will focus on micro-credentials relevant to intellectual skills and repertoires—skills related to “doing” vs. recitation or “saying” repertoires. Intellectual skills require teaching for generative responding. The learner must go beyond what has been taught and demonstrate mastery of responding in new situations, those never seen before. I’ll give examples of some intellectual skills of behavior analysts engaged in basic and applied research, theoretical and conceptual work, and service delivery. I will focus upon micro-credentials relevant to applying principles and procedures in the situations that a behavior analyst encounters in their work each day, whenever a situation requires their application. Then I’ll use the context of intellectual skill development to describe some “best practices” in instructional design that one could incorporate in a micro-credential learning program, including component-composite analysis, task analysis, defining antecedent conditions that should control responding, and mastery of underlying concepts and pre-requisite component skills. Finally, I will relate my discussion of intellectual skills to a new analysis of generalization, breaking it into two kinds of active processes—simple and complex generative responding.

 

A Pragmatic Approach to Ensuring Competency: Using Microcredentials to Establish and Document Behavior-Analytic Repertoires

ANDREW BULLA (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong)
Abstract:

Several service-delivery fields have begun using micro-credentials and similar badge systems to verify and document an individual’s ability to engage in specific skills and repertoires necessary for their success in their professional role. The Association for Behavior Analysis International has recently rolled out a new initiative to establish micro-credentials in the field of behavior analysis across all domains of the science (e.g., basic investigations, applied techniques and procedures, etc.). The current presentation will build on the prior presentation and give examples of how one can construct rubrics for evaluating behavioral performances demonstrating competent performance for common behavior-analytic techniques. I have selected examples of how we can create rubrics for specific repertoires in both basic and applied areas of behavior analysis, with an emphasis on the learners actually engaging in the necessary behavior and submitting a permanent product of their performance for evaluation. I will also demonstrate sample videos of learners and how we can use the rubrics to evaluate their performances to see if they meet the criteria to issue a badge for the micro-credential.

 
Evaluating a Digital Badge System as a Program Addition for University-Based Supervised Fieldwork Trainees
JENNIFER NINCI (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Marija Čolić (University of Hawaii at Manoa)
Abstract: It is recommended that trainees pursuing Behavior Analyst Certification Board® certification have competency-based experiences in their supervised fieldwork. In this presentation, we will review how digital badges have been explored to support users in gaining competency-based experiences in higher education. We will introduce PACES: Practical Applied Behavior Analysis Competency Elements for Supervision, a supervision system that includes a digital badge program designed through Canva software, a web-based platform. The system is free for users to supplement ABA fieldwork supervision, and it may be adapted to personalize applications. We will share preliminary data including an analysis of the usability and feasibility of the digital badge system among University-based supervisors within our University program. We will focus this presentation on the outcomes of a University fieldwork trainee/former trainee questionnaire on the Canva digital badge system as a potential program addition. The questionnaire included 20 statements or questions with Likert scale, multiple choice, or open-ended formats. Nine trainees or former program completers opted to view an educational video with a follow-up questionnaire. Outcomes resulted in favorable perceptions about the digital badge system as a program addition for future students. We will discuss considerations for research ideas in this line of work.
 
 
Symposium #418
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Enhancing Education, Training, and Research Engagement for Staff and Students in the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alyssa Jean Clark (Endicott College )
CE Instructor: Alyssa Jean Clark, M.S.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts play a critical role in education, training, and research, with their work often extending beyond the clinical setting to influence the broader professional landscape. Despite the growing focus on effective training methods and engagement in research, there remains a need to better understand how different instructional approaches impact learning outcomes, the efficacy of online training platforms, and the barriers that prevent practitioners from engaging in research. This symposium will present findings from three studies that address these important areas. The first presentation will explore the comparative effects of interteaching and discussion forums on student performance in a master’s level applied behavior analysis course. Using an alternating treatments design, the study found that interteaching resulted in significantly higher quiz scores than discussion forums, demonstrating the potential of interactive pedagogical methods in enhancing student learning outcomes. The second presentation will focus on the effectiveness of asynchronous online training for Registered Behavior Technicians® (RBT®s). This study evaluated whether online training could effectively prepare behavior technicians in the measurement competencies required by the RBT task list. The results indicate that most participants successfully mastered the tasks after initial training, with supplemental modules proving effective for those who did not immediately pass. These findings suggest that online training platforms may be a practical and efficient solution for training behavior technicians. The final presentation will discuss the barriers preventing behavior analysts from engaging in research. This study replicated a previous survey and found that while the majority of behavior analysts are interested in conducting and disseminating research, factors such as time constraints, lack of knowledge, and limited opportunities are significant obstacles. The organization featured in the study developed a plan to support research engagement by creating research communities and mentorship opportunities, and preliminary findings show increased research productivity. This symposium will provide evidence-based recommendations for improving training methods, enhancing online learning for behavior technicians, and increasing research participation among behavior analysts, with implications for the continued advancement of the field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium includes practicing behavior analysts, professors, and students currently pursuing degrees in behavior analysis. This diverse group combines practical experience, academic expertise, and emerging knowledge, fostering a collaborative environment to explore advancements in training and research within the field. Practitioners will gain insights into innovative instructional methods and effective online training platforms to apply in clinical and educational settings, while professors can examine new pedagogical strategies to enhance student engagement and learning outcomes. Students will deepen their understanding of the critical skills necessary for clinical competency and research engagement. Collectively, attendees will leave equipped with evidence-based strategies to elevate educational practices, research productivity, and professional growth.

Learning Objectives: 1. Analyze the impact of different instructional approaches, specifically interteaching and discussion forums, on student learning outcomes in graduate-level behavior analysis courses.
2. Evaluate the effectiveness of asynchronous online training platforms for Registered Behavior Technicians® (RBT®s) in developing core measurement skills, including the role of supplemental training modules in supporting mastery.
3. Identify common barriers to research engagement among behavior analysts and examine strategies, such as mentorship and research communities, designed to promote increased research involvement and productivity in the field.
 

The Effects of an Online Asynchronous Training on the Measurement Section of the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT®) Competency Assessment

CHANTE GLICK (University of Washington), Kristin N. Foley (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract:

There are currently approximately 180,000 Registered Behavior Technicians® (RBT®s) (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, n.d.) To become an RBT, one must complete 40 hours of training and pass a competency assessment and an exam. The initial training is frequently conducted though asynchronous online platforms. There has been little research on the effects of the initial training for RBTs. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of asynchronous online instruction on a portion of the RBT Competency Assessment – specifically, the effects of training on the measurement section of the task list on the measurement competencies (continuous measurement, discontinuous measurement, and data and graphs). The training utilized computer-based instruction including video modeling, behavioral observation and ratings (having the participant view another person implementing the task and rating the accuracy of the implementation), and active student responding. The training was administered through a learning management system. The initial training resulted in most participants passing most of the tasks. When a task was not passed immediately upon the completion of the initial training, one supplemental module consisting of one additional video model and one additional behavioral observation and rating activity resulted in passing the competency. These results suggest that online asynchronous training may be effective for the initial training of behavior technicians. Implications and future research directions will be discussed.

 
Comparing Interteaching and Discussion Forums in an Asynchronous Online Classroom
SACHA KG SHAW (The University of Southern Maine), Jennifer Posey (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: The current study compared the effects of interteaching and discussion forum activities on student performance in a master’s level course using an alternating treatments design. Participants scored higher on quizzes in the interteaching condition (M = 96.75) compared to the discussion forum (M = 75.95). No differences were observed in other assignment across conditions. Interobserver agreement for short answer quiz questions was 91.66% (range: 75%–100%) in the interteaching condition and 100% in the discussion forum condition. Interobserver agreement for annotation scores was 94.44% (range: 83.33% –100%) in the interteaching condition and 98.61% (range: 83.33% – 100%) in the discussion forum condition. A paired sample t-test showed statistically significant differences between the two conditions at p < .0001, with a substantial effect size of 0.6760. No significant differences were observed in assignment scores between interteaching (M = 87.28) and discussion forums (M = 89.08). Limitations and future research directions will be discussed.
 
Identifying Barriers to Research Engagement by Behavior Analysts in an Applied Setting: A Replication of Valentino and Juanico (2020)
JOSEPH N. RICCIARDI (May Institute), Allison E. Rader (May Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Western New England)
Abstract: Behavior analysts are trained as scientist-practitioners. However, most do not conduct or disseminate research. To understand why, Valentino & Juanico (2020) surveyed 830 BACB certificants to identify level of interest and barriers to conducting research. We replicated Valentino and Juanico (2020) with behavior analysts in a private organization. We used the same survey method to identifying barriers that might be eliminated to enable research by practitioners. Our results replicated Valentino & Juanico (2020) but with a higher response rate suggesting external validity of original findings. The principal findings were as follows: 49% had conducted research during their careers, 54% considered conducting research important/very important, but 77% no longer did so in their job. The vast majority expressed interest in conducting research, presenting at conferences (79%), publishing their work (84%). This disparity suggests high interest in doing research, but conducting research is impeded. Respondents listed a range of barriers to research on the job: time (52%), knowledge (16%), and research opportunities (16%) (top three reported barriers). In response, the organization developed a plan to increase research engagement by BCBAs, by creating research communities and mentorship options. The action plan, recommendations for other organizations to follow, and preliminary findings showing an increase in research productivity will be presented.
 
 
Panel #419
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Mastering Essential Supervisory Skills to Shape and Empower the Next Generation of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) for Success in School Setting
Monday, May 26, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Diliana Henry, M.S.
Chair: Diliana Henry (BrightBloom)
MELISSA ANN TICE MARTIN (Association of Behavior and Curriculum Consultants, LLC., Delaware ABAI Chapter)
RICHARD G. ALLEN (PCOM)
JAY (GRAHAM) GRAHAM GIFFORD (BrightBloom)
Abstract:

TThe need for qualified Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) supervisors in educational settings is critical as schools strive to address diverse behavioral and learning challenges. This panel discussion, "Essential Supervisory Skills for Overcoming Challenges and Shaping the Next Generation of BCBAs in School Settings," will provide insights into the unique role of BCBAs within the complex school ecosystem, which includes interactions among students, teachers, administrators, and parents. A structured framework for supervision will be presented, outlining best practices in mentorship, collaboration, and communication tailored to school environments. Through an interactive framework, panelists will present strategies for creating robust supervision models tailored to the unique challenges of school settings. Additionally, the discussion will highlight the importance of modeling ethical decision-making and fostering professional development opportunities for supervisees, ensuring that emerging BCBAs are equipped to navigate ethical dilemmas and contribute meaningfully to educational communities. Attendees will gain valuable strategies for fostering ethical behavior, promoting skill development, and supporting professional growth. This session is intended to equip supervisors with essential tools to prepare future BCBAs for effective practice, ultimately enhancing behavioral support systems within schools.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience is BCBA that currently supervising or considering to supervise trainees in a school setting.

Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss the need for BCBA supervisors in educational settings
2. Identify the inter-relationships and complexities that exist in the larger school ecosystem
3. Become familair a framework for supervision of trainees in schools
 
 
Invited Paper Session #434
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Defining and Measuring Meaningful Outcomes in ABA Services for Autism Spectrum Disorders
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Omaha)
CE Instructor: Ivy M Chong, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: IVY M CHONG (Little Leaves Behavioral Services)
Abstract:

Many individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) require continuous healthcare and social services to meet their evolving needs, with lifetime costs estimated at up to $2.4 million (Buescher et al., 2014). While many treatment modalities exist, Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is considered the gold standard and remains the only evidence-based practice for treating ASD. As a result, there is increasing discussion around meaningful outcomes associated with ABA services for individuals with ASD. However, there is still no industry consensus on what outcomes should be measured or how to assess meaningful impact. This session will explore two frameworks—ICHOM and BHCOE—that have been developed to drive consensus on the measurement of outcomes. Additionally, the session will provide an overview of key terminology, including a discussion of quality, quality control, and quality assurance. An Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) model will be used as an example to offer practical guidance for measurement in practice. Finally, barriers to implementation and the need for alignment among providers, patients, and payers will be addressed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This presentation is intended for behavior analysts and senior leadership overseeing ABA service programs for individuals with ASD. Attendees should have an understanding of common measurement practices used in ABA services, including norm referenced and skill based assessments.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to explain the significance of outcome measurement in ABA services for individuals with ASD to improve treatment planning.
2. Participants will be able to describe outcome measures as related to quality assurance and quality control in the context of ABA services.
3. Participants will be able to identify and describe two key frameworks—ICHOM and BHCOE—developed to standardize outcome measurement in ABA therapy and how these can be applied in clinical practice.
 
IVY M CHONG (Little Leaves Behavioral Services)
Dr. Ivy Chong is the Chief Clinical Officer of Little Leaves Behavioral Services and brings 26 years of experience working with individuals with autism and developmental disabilities. She earned her doctorate in Behavior Analysis from Western Michigan University and later obtained an MBA in Healthcare Management from the Florida Institute of Technology. From 2017 to 2023, Ivy served as Senior Vice President of Children’s Services at the May Institute. Prior to that, she held the role of Director of Autism Services and Training at the Scott Center for Autism Treatment and was an Associate Professor in the College of Psychology and Liberal Arts at the Florida Institute of Technology from 2008 to 2017. Since 2005, Ivy has been an active Subject Matter Expert (SME) with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), where she currently serves on the board of directors and is the Treasurer.
 
 
Symposium #435
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
A Review of Additional Factors Influencing Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Benjamin R. Thomas (Nationwide Children’s Hospital and The Ohio State University College of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Lesley A. Shawler, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many variables related to the functional analysis (FA) have been largely investigated since its inception in 1982. However, less attention to certain variables such as the demographic characteristics of participants has occurred, despite a rich history of FA studies. Moreover, since its inception, the FA has demonstrated its utility by identifying idiosyncratic antecedent and consequence variables that contribute to the maintenance of challenging behavior. Once a function of behavior is identified, a variety of different function-based interventions can be selected. Differential reinforcement of behavior is often prescribed based on its focus on increasing alternative behaviors. Less attention has been given to one specific differential reinforcement procedure, differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI). The first paper reviews the FA literature from 2018-2023 by examining participant demographics and idiosyncratic variables reported in the literature. Preliminary findings show that few studies report on demographic variables and that about a quarter of studies reported identifying idiosyncratic variables within the FA test conditions. The second paper reviews the treatment literature specific to DRI. Unfortunately, the evaluation of DRI effectiveness was complicated by several common factors. Both papers will discuss the implications of their findings and areas for future research and directions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, demographics, differential reinforcement, functional analysis
Target Audience:

Knowledge of the Iwata functional analysis methodology Knowledge of differences among the differential reinforcement procedures Some knowledge of how to identify idiosyncratic variables within the Iwata functional analysis test conditions

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the prevalence and importance of including demographic variables within functional analyses
2. Describe the issues with evaluating the effectiveness of differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior procedures
3. Determine the role that idiosyncratic variables play within functional analysis and its implications for treatment
 
Systematic Review of Demographics and Idiosyncratic Variables in Functional Analyses: Extending Melanson & Fahmie (2023)
LAURENT OROZCO-BARRIOS (Southern Illinois University), Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Mount St. Mary's University), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University), Anna Cole (Purdue Global), Connor Eyre (Missouri State University), Maggie Ratcliff (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) provides the most accurate assessment for identifying the variables that influence the occurrence of challenging behavior. Despite several systematic reviews (e.g., Melanson & Fahmie, 2023; Schlichenmeyer et al., 2013), a knowledge gap remains regarding the relation between FA outcomes, demographic characteristics, and idiosyncratic variables. This pre-registered systematic review aims to address this gap by identifying the demographic characteristics of participants undergoing FA in peer-reviewed studies. Additionally, the study identified the type of and proportion of idiosyncratic variables related to the function of behavior across studies. Using a comprehensive procedure following PRISMA recommendations, the review ranged from May 2018 to May 2023, including 194 studies and the analysis of more than 600 FA. Preliminary findings show that less than 10% of participants had a report of basic demographics (e.g., race, ethnicity), highlighting the need for more inclusive data collection in FA research (e.g., Jones et. al 2020). Additionally, fewer than 20% of studies reported the identification of idiosyncratic variables in the attention, escape, automatic or tangible conditions. Future directions in the FA literature are proposed, aiming to assess the role of demographic and idiosyncratic variables in FA research with undifferentiated results, and enhance the inclusion of diverse communities.
 
Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Behavior: A Comprehensive Review
MELISA DENNIS (Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Debra Paone (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Tia Horn (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement (DR) has been a cornerstone for interventions for challenging behavior for decades (Jessel & Ingvarsson, 2016). While DRO and DRA tend to be the most studied types of DR, differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI) has received much less scrutiny in the literature. References to DRI can be found in many journal articles and foundational behavior analysis texts (e.g., Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 1986). However, studies evaluating the effectiveness in recent decades are sparse. The current review summarizes the existing DRI literature and highlights its importance. The review identified 16 studies of sufficient methodological quality (23 participants). Evaluation of the effectiveness of DRI was complicated by several factors, 1) DRI was often evaluated as a part of a larger package, 2) the incompatible responses targeted in the studies were often not “incompatible”, and 3) DRI procedures themselves often varied (e.g., the nature of the incompatible response requirement). When taken into account, the effectiveness of DRI varied widely. Specifically, DRI tends to be most effective when implemented in conjunction with interruption and when the incompatible response is truly incompatible with problem behavior. When applicable, the DRI should require the response to be present throughout the interval for maximal effectiveness.
 
 
Panel #436
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Ethics and Cultural Responsiveness in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Insights From Mexico, the Dominican Republic, and Puerto Rico
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Fabiola Vargas Londono, Ph.D.
Chair: Mariana De Los Santos (Instituto de Investigaciones Psicológicas, Universidad Veracruzana)
FABIOLA VARGAS LONDONO (William Mosing Center)
YANIZ C. PADILLA DALMAU (Flamboyán Behavioral Services)
HERNANDO SERVIO RAMÍREZ (Benestare, Atención Psicológica Integral)
Abstract:

This panel will explore the ethical and cultural considerations critical to delivering Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services in diverse contexts across Mexico, the Dominican Republic, and Puerto Rico. As the demand for ABA grows worldwide, adapting practices to fit local values and social frameworks becomes increasingly important. The discussion will cover organizational efforts to establish robust ethical codes that reflect regional norms and address unique cultural needs. Additionally, the role of public advocacy in broadening access to ABA services for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities will be a central focus. Panelists will provide valuable perspectives on the progress and obstacles faced in disseminating ABA practices within these regions, emphasizing the role of culturally responsive approaches that respect each country’s distinct context. Through shared experiences, the panel will offer insights into achieving ethical, inclusive service delivery. Attendees are encouraged to actively participate and engage with panelists to explore these vital topics further.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

n/a

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how ethical codes are developed and applied within different regions, and how cultural factors influence the provision of ABA services in Mexico, the Dominican Republic, and Puerto Rico.
2. Identify the importance of public advocacy in promoting access to ABA services for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, including strategies used in various regions to address service gaps and improve outcomes.
3. Identify the challenges and successes in disseminating ABA practices across different cultural contexts, with a focus on how to integrate culturally responsive approaches into their work to better serve diverse populations.
Keyword(s): Accessibility, Advocacy, Cultural adaptations, Ethics
 
 
Symposium #437
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/IBAO
Understanding and Improving the Medical Experiences of Autistic Individuals Through a Behavior Analytic Lens
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty I-K
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ashley Dubin (AJ Drexel Autism Institute; Drexel University)
Discussant: Andrea Marie Zawoyski (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta)
CE Instructor: Christina Simmons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In addition to unique areas of strength, autistic individuals experience different needs than their neurotypical counterparts across the lifespan. Higher rates of medical and psychiatric concerns have been reported in the autistic population, leading to higher rates of healthcare access than non-autistic individuals. Autistic patients and caregivers largely report negative experiences and identify extensive barriers to high-quality medical care. Negative healthcare experiences may have negative effects on patient's long-term healthcare access, and consequently, their health. Throughout this symposium, presenters will focus on experiences and needs of care providers and solution-focused behavioral strategies to better support this patient population. Reidinger and colleagues will share perspectives from registered nurses on their knowledge of autism and behavioral function and preparedness to care for autistic patients. Shanker and colleagues will present their findings from the development and pilot test of a digital application to support autistic individuals transitioning to adult medical care. Results from these studies indicate barriers to quality, compassionate medical care for autistic individuals, contributing to healthcare disparities, especially as autistic individuals transition to adulthood. Presenters describe behavioral supports, provider trainings, and interventions that may contribute to improvements in healthcare.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Barriers, Behavioral knowledge, Healthcare, Support strategies
Target Audience:

Practitioners working within healthcare settings or supporting autistic individuals in accessing healthcare

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify three variables that impacted nurses’ knowledge of behavioral function.
2. Identify the three most commonly tracked symptoms by autistic young adults using a digital application.
3. List at least three recommendations of autistic young adults to improve their tracking of medical symptoms and preparation for healthcare appointments.
 
Registered Nurses' Knowledge of Autism and Behavioral Function and Preparedness to Care for Autistic Patients
BRONTE REIDINGER (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Abstract: Autistic individuals frequently report negative experiences during healthcare interactions and barriers to accessing quality, compassionate care. At the provider level, autistic individuals report barriers such as stereotyping, perceived lack of autism knowledge, challenges with communication, and insufficient accommodations. Reports of healthcare providers’ experiences caring for autistic patients in the U.S. have largely come from physicians, who endorse inadequate training, resources, and practical guidelines. Although patients spend far more time with nurses than other healthcare providers, registered nurses (RN)’ perspectives on caring for autistic patients in the U.S. are largely unknown. In this study, we first conducted three focus groups with 11 RNs to identify experiences caring for autistic patients and needs. We then conducted a nationally representative survey of 150 RNs on their autism knowledge, knowledge of behavioral function, and experiences caring for autistic patients. Preliminary results identified a lack of knowledge of behavioral function, lack of resources and training in behavioral strategies for supporting autistic patients, and system-level barriers to quality care. Results will inform practical behavioral recommendations for nurses and identify future intervention targets.
 
Development and Pilot of a Digital Application for Autistic Individuals Transitioning to Adult Medical Care
Maya Shanker (Rowan University), JULIA SULLIVAN (Columbia University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Patrice Tremoulet (ECRI Institute)
Abstract: Autistic individuals have higher unmet healthcare needs than neurotypical peers. Medical providers and medical facilities are largely unprepared and unequipped for meeting the unique needs of autistic patients. Youth with autism report experiencing confusion surrounding the role that their medical providers play in transitioning to adult care and anxiety about independently managing their medical care, contributing to them not receiving appropriate medical care in adulthood. The current project examined the acceptability, usability, feasibility, and preliminary efficacy of an app that was developed to meet the support needs of autistic patients transitioning from pediatric to adult care. The app allows users to (a) collect data on their medical symptoms in real time, (b) organize these symptoms using visual data displays, and (c) prepare for expectations of different medical appointments. We used a user-centered development process to involve stakeholders in development and conducted alpha (N = 12) and beta testing of the prototype (N = 5) with autistic young adults. We analyzed data from survey measures completed, semi-structured interviews, and data entered by participants using the app. Results indicate that participants found the app to be usable and acceptable, feasible for independent use, and minimally supportive of health confidence.
 
 
Symposium #438
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Maximizing Assent in Restrictive Settings: Case Studies From Residential Treatment and a Conceptual Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ami Donahue (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Discussant: Myra Jade Lui (POPARD)
CE Instructor: Myra Jade Lui, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) has developed a plethora of empirically validated technologies with the capacity to improve the lives of others through behavior change. These technologies are frequently utilized in service to individuals with a diagnosis of intellectual disability or autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Application of these same principles within clinical settings to address behavioral issues typically associated with mental health disorders has become a more prominent topic in recent years (Danforth, 2016). Residential treatment settings offer a unique opportunity to demonstrate the effectiveness of behaviorally based interventions across a wide-ranging level of severity within that population but may be criticized for the restrictive nature of these settings. This is especially relevant considering the recent emphasis on assent-based treatments in the field and the underlying absence of assent in many or most aspects of residential treatment programs. The purpose of this symposium is to 1) Describe the application of effective behavior analytic technologies to improve a range of severe behavioral issues to several individuals with mental health disorders 2) To examine the use and limits of assent-based treatment in these settings, and 3) to offer a conceptual analysis of assent as it relates to clinical and real-world conditions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assent, Countercontrol, Ethics
Target Audience:

Participants should have already obtained BCBA certification and have independent experience practicing while upholding the Ethical Code of Conduct. This panel is targeted to behaviour analysts who have already developed strong ethical practice skills but who are seeking further development with the changing guidelines.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the application of effective behavior analytic technologies to individuals with mental health disorders
2. Evaluate the use and limits of assent-based treatments in certain clinical settings
3. Analyze the concept of assent in behavioral terms, and its use in clinical and real-world conditions
 

Mitigation of Countercontrol Within a Residential Treatment Setting

(Service Delivery)
JOSEPH TACOSIK (Judge Rotenberg Education Center)
Abstract:

Clinical application of behavioral technologies to address behaviors typically associated with mental health disorders has garnered increased attention in recent years. Demonstrating the effectiveness of behaviorally based procedures within clinical populations further illustrates the range and efficacy of behavioral science. A portion of this work takes place within residential treatment centers. These settings are often populated by individuals with well-established repertoires of dangerous or potentially dangerous behaviors and who carry a variety of diagnoses from Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Health Disorders-Fifth Edition (DSM-5). Some of these individuals do not possess legal decision-making authority due to their juvenile status or the lawful appointment of a guardian. These factors limit the scope of individual control that is central to assent-based treatment and can occasion countercontrol behavior. Countercontrol is human operant behavior that occurs in response to socially mediated aversive control (Fontes & Shahan, 2019). Engagement in countercontrol is a challenging aspect of service delivery within this population which is impacted by the ineffectiveness of prior interventions. Data will be provided across multiple participants in support of a function-based treatment. Discussion will encompass development of such repertoires, assessment, and treatment planning.

 

Hell Bent on Assent, or Just 50 Percent?: A Conceptual Analysis

(Theory)
MERRILL WINSTON (Winston Behavioral Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract:

The Ethical Code for Behavior Analysts introduces the term ‘assent’ under 2.11 (Obtaining Informed Consent), stating that behavior analysts are ‘responsible for obtaining assent from clients when applicable’. Client assent is broadly thought of as agreement and voluntary participation in treatment procedures, but there is limited research describing assent procedures or studying the implications for treatment outcomes (Morris, Detrick, & Peterson, 2021). This presentation will provide a conceptual analysis of assent, discuss where assent was derived from, and examine some of the challenges and unintended consequences with its use within the ethical guidelines of behavior analytic practice. Embedded within this analysis is a commentary about choice behavior, as well as considerations about how to maximize and honor client assent to the greatest degree possible in settings or contexts that typically preclude or limit the scope of assent-based treatment options. Reasonable alternatives to assent when obtaining it is difficult, questionable, or in conflict with other ethical guidelines will be presented.

 
 
Symposium #440
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Recent Basic Research on Instructional Variables Affecting Equivalence Class Formation
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 150 AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Christopher R Colasurdo (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Christopher R Colasurdo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The three talks in this symposium describe basic research studies in equivalence-based instruction (EBI) in which different instructional variables were investigated. The first study examined the effects of lecture, interdependent group contingency EBI, and individualized EBI to teach equivalence classes of abstract stimuli to elementary-school-age children. Results showed that the interdependent group contingency EBI yielded better results in less time than individualized EBI and lecture. The second study compared effects of two types of compound configurations for incorrect (negative) comparisons during equivalence class formation using abstract compound stimuli with adults. Negative comparison compounds contained either stimuli from only one class or from both classes. Results showed that class formation was high and equally likely for both groups. The third study compared video-based observational learning (OL) to traditional match-to-sample (MTS) to establish equivalence classes of abstract stimuli with adults. OL training used video models depicting progressive increases in correct responding (OL-Mixed) or 100% correct responding (OL-Expert). Results showed that OL-Mixed training resulted in the highest yield of equivalence classes when compared to traditional MTS and the OL-Expert training. Collectively, these studies further our understanding of procedures that can be used to facilitate equivalence class formation.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): compound stimuli, group contingency, observational learning, stimulus equivalence
Target Audience:

Intermediate Attendees should have a working knowledge of what equivalence classes are.

Learning Objectives: 1. describe how equivalence classes can be established using compound stimuli
2. describe how equivalence classes can be established using observational learning procedures
3. describe how equivalence classes can be established using an interdependent group contingency
 

Comparing Lecture to Interdependent Group Contingency Equivalence-Based Instruction and Individualized Equivalence-Based Instruction to Establish Abstract Equivalence Classes With Children

TANISHA MCCLAREN (The Chicago School), Leif Albright (Manhattanville University), Jack Spear (The Chicago School), Briana Ostrosky (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

In a previous study, Ostrosky et al. (2022) compared the effects of equivalence-based instruction (EBI) with an interdependent group contingency, individualized EBI (no group contingency), and a PowerPoint lecture to teach equivalence classes with adults. All three effectively established classes, but written multiple-choice tests performances for the two EBI groups were significantly higher than for the lecture group, and the group-contingency EBI was significantly more effective for a fill-in written test than was lecture. The present study extended Ostrosky et al. by evaluating the effectiveness of EBI using three group-based instructional models. The results compared lecture-based instruction with Interdependent Group Contingency and Individualized EBI with 10- and 11-year-old children in an elementary school. The study used a multiple baseline design across three groups and included pre-assessment, EBI training, testing, lecture instruction (control), and post-assessment. Training used a linear class structure with a simple-to-complex training/testing format using match-to-sample tasks on Quizizz.com. Findings confirmed EBI's superiority over lectures in improving test performance, with Interdependent EBI yielding better results in less time than Individualized EBI or lecture instruction.

 

Using Compound Stimuli to Establish Equivalence Classes With Adults: An Extension Using Different Negative Comparison Compounds

DAVID DRAGANI (Caldwell University), Christopher R Colasurdo (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Adrienne Jennings (Daemen University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

In a recent study, Colasurdo et al. (2022) taught equivalence classes in which the samples and comparisons were compound stimuli (i.e., pairs of abstract symbols). One potential problem when presenting compound stimuli during the establishment of equivalence classes, however, is that one element may overshadow the other, thereby interfering with class formation. To address this, the current study replicated and extended Colasurdo et al. by using two different types of compound configurations for incorrect (negative) comparisons during MTS. One group of participants was exposed to negative comparison compounds containing stimuli from only one class (referred to as Type 1 trials) while the other group was exposed to negative comparison compounds containing stimuli from both classes (Type 2 trials) along with Type 1 trials. Class formation was assessed with a test block containing single-element-to-single-element, single-element-to-compound, compound-to-single element, and compound-to-compound derived relations trials. A card sorting test with single elements was also conducted. Results showed that class formation was high and equally likely for both groups; therefore, overshadowing did not occur for either group. Thus, Type 2 trials may be unnecessary during class formation with compound stimuli, and their omission would likely increase efficiency of instruction.

 

Comparing Traditional Match-to-Sample Training With Observational Learning to Establish Equivalence Classes With Adults

CHRISTOPHER R COLASURDO (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Adrienne Jennings (Daemen University), Jason C. Vladescu (SUNY Downstate Health Sciences University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Leif Albright (Manhattanville University)
Abstract:

The current study compared the efficacy and efficiency of video-based observational learning (OL) to traditional match-to-sample (MTS) training to establish three 3-member equivalence classes of abstract visual stimuli with adult participants. Video models used during OL depicted a first-person perspective of a computer screen with modeled on-screen movements of a mouse cursor making comparison selections. Participants were randomly assigned to three different groups. Participants in the OL-Mixed group received training in which the video models depicted progressive increases in correct responding of modeled baseline relations across five blocks of trials. Participants in the OL-Expert group received identical training except that the models always depicted 100% correct responding across the five modeled trial blocks. Participants in the MTS group actively responded while completing five blocks of traditional MTS training. Posttest results showed that OL-Mixed training resulted in the highest mean percentage of class-consistent responding and yield of equivalence classes when compared to traditional MTS and the OL-Expert group, despite minimal differences in total duration during training. Across the groups, nearly all who successfully demonstrated equivalence class formation during the computerized posttest also showed generalization of class-consistent during the card sorting posttest. Implications of these results are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #442
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO
Diversity submission Equity in Assessments and Innovations in Behavior Analytic Tools
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jared Van (Penn State University )
CE Instructor: Jared Van, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium examines the role of behavior analysis in fostering equitable assessment practices and enhancing assessment tools. The first presentation explores how the Classroom Learning Screening (CLS) system ensures fairness by utilizing Precision Teaching to monitor student learning, offering a non-discriminatory framework for student progress. The second presentation highlights the revitalization of the REFER framework, an essential tool for conducting effective functional assessments and interventions. Together, the two presentations offer a comprehensive discussion on advancing equitable and scientifically sound practices in behavior analysis. The data from initial studies involving diverse educational settings and functional assessment environments demonstrate that these tools significantly enhance the accuracy and fairness of assessments. Preliminary results suggest that these innovations can greatly improve outcomes for all learners and clients, especially those from traditionally underserved communities. By focusing on measurable improvements and leveraging robust methodologies, these tools aim to set new standards for equity in behavioral assessment, ensuring that interventions are both effective and inclusive

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, equity, functional assessment, precision teaching
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, educators, researchers, and practitioners interested in equitable assessment practices and behavior analytic tools. The symposium is suitable for professionals at intermediate to advanced experience levels.

Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss how CLS minimizes socio-economic and cultural biases in educational assessments.
2. Explore how the revised REFER framework improves functional assessments.
3. Discuss practical applications of REFER in behavior analytic interventions.
 
Diversity submission Equity in Assessments: Precision Teaching and the Classroom Learning Screening (CLS)
JARED VAN (Penn State University)
Abstract: The Classroom Learning Screening (CLS) system uses Precision Teaching to ensure equitable assessment by focusing on fluency—both accuracy and speed of responses—to provide an individualized measure of student progress. Traditional assessments often rely on fixed benchmarks, which may not account for all students' diverse backgrounds and learning needs, potentially introducing bias. In contrast, CLS emphasizes the ongoing measurement of a student's learning growth rather than static performance at a single point in time. This dynamic approach allows educators to track how students improve weekly, making adjustments to teaching methods as needed. By focusing on each student's progress, the CLS system ensures that assessments are fairer for all students, regardless of their cultural or linguistic backgrounds. This helps mitigate disparities that often emerge from traditional assessments, where students from underrepresented or disadvantaged groups may be unfairly judged by standards that don't reflect their unique learning trajectories. This fluency-based model offers a more nuanced view of student ability and helps educators identify and target specific learning needs, thus promoting more equitable and effective educational outcomes for all learners.
 
Diversity submission Revitalizing the REFER: Enhancing Functional Assessments and Interventions
SAMONA DOEMAN (Penn State University)
Abstract: The REFER framework is a comprehensive screening tool designed to identify young children needing special education services by assessing key developmental skills. It evaluates children’s abilities in motor coordination, counting, and body awareness through simple, timed tasks. REFER is especially valuable for early intervention, helping educators and specialists identify children who may face academic or social challenges before those issues escalate. In this presentation, we will introduce the REFER framework, highlight its core components, and discuss recent updates that have improved its functionality and usability. These updates include revised screening protocols and a more streamlined administration process, all of which increase the accuracy and efficiency of assessments. We will also present field test data demonstrating how these improvements lead to more reliable results and better decision-making for early childhood interventions. Finally, we will explore the next steps in REFER's development, including plans for future testing and refinement to further solidify its role as a crucial tool in early childhood education and intervention.
 
 
Panel #443
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP/IBAO — 
Ethics
Incorporating the Principles of Trauma-Informed Care Into Multi-Tiered Systems of Support in Schools
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Nicola Schneider, M.A.
Chair: Nicola Schneider (NRS Compassionate Behavior Services)
BRITTANY MONINGTON (Palm Beach School for Autism)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic interventions and procedures implemented in the school setting have historically relied on reactive, coercive and compliance tactics to decrease behaviors that might be contraindicated in promoting an appetitive learning environment. When school staff incorporate antecedent-based procedures that align with the principles of trauma-informed care with all students, it increases the likelihood that individuals with diverse needs will be supported and integrated into their school community. By infusing procedures that embed the principles of trauma-informed care into all three tiers of the multi-tiered system of support, we can create a trauma-sensitive environment that increases options for less intensive support without assessing student's exposure to adverse childhood experiences (Goldenthal et al., 2024).This can in turn ameliorate staff burnout and administrative resources to address interfering and challenging behaviors in the long run. Panelists will share how they have incorporated supports and interventions that are aligned with the principles of trauma-informed care into the various tiers of their schools’ multi-tiered system of support. The chair will pose questions to panelists organized by the principles of trauma-informed care (Safety; Trustworthiness & Transparency; Peer Support; Collaboration & Mutuality; Empowerment & Choice; And Cultural, Historical & Gender Issues- SAMHSA, 2014) at each tier of support. After panelists have answered the questions posed by the chair for each tier, the chair will set aside 5-7 minutes for audience questions and discussion. The dedicated audience participation time will occur three times during the panel, at the end of each of the three tiers of support.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Those with a depth of understanding as to the history of behavior analysis and the ability to apply the science in a school setting.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to differentiate between trauma-assumed and trauma-sensitive.
2. Participants will be able to identify two interventions that align with the principles of trauma-informed care for all students (Tier 1), small groups of students (Tier 2) and for students who require individualized intensive interventions (Tier 3)..
3. Participants will be able to outline the six key principles of a trauma-informed approach.
Keyword(s): multi-tiered, school-based, trauma-informed, trauma-sensitive
 
 
Invited Paper Session #444
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Diversity submission Consumer Behavior Analysis for Healthy/Sustainable Food Marketing: Purchase Path, Placements & Product Attributes
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: OBM/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sharlet D. Rafacz (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Sharlet D. Rafacz, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: VALDIMAR SIGURDSSON (Reykjavik University)
Abstract: The divide between health-damaging junk food and health-promoting food is growing. Despite increased media and political scrutiny, unhealthy food marketing tactics remain successful, similar to how tobacco was once marketed. Retailers, who control the majority of food purchase spaces, are in a unique position to promote healthier, sustainable consumption. This presentation illustrates how retailers can apply consumer behavior analysis to influence sales in ways that support environmental conservation and combat lifestyle-related diseases. By experimenting and observing behavior in-store, where decisions are made, retailers can shape outcomes across three stages: reaching consumers, engaging them, and converting interest into purchases. The talk will highlight empirical research, including in-store experiments, path analysis and shopper behavior metrics, such as walking speed and basket composition. By integrating these insights, we aim to develop a theory of shopper behavior grounded in data, shifting marketing practices toward healthier, sustainable choices through active retail strategies.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Those attending should have taken at least one course in behaviour analysis and/or worked in behaviour analysis in one year or more.

Learning Objectives: 1. Be innovative in developing and applying ideas related to the utilization of consumer behavior analysis
2. Be capable of describing consumer behavior analysis and its relevance to sustainable marketing
3. Be able to evaluate the suitability of the different methods and levels of analysis within consumer behavior analysis
 
VALDIMAR SIGURDSSON (Reykjavik University)
Prof. Valdimar Sigurdsson completed his Ph.D. at Cardiff University under the supervision of Distinguished Research Professor Gordon R. Foxall. He is the director of the Centre for Research in Marketing and Consumer Psychology (RU-CRMC) and has published nearly 100 peer-reviewed articles, commentaries, and book chapters in outlets such as the Journal of Business Research, Psychology and Marketing, Behavioral and Brain Sciences, and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. He has also served on the editorial boards of Perspectives on Behavior Science and the Psychological Record. Valdimar has led extensive research initiatives to promote sustainable food products using path tracking and in-store experiments, with publications addressing key factors like product placement, pricing, promotion, and labeling.
 
 
Symposium #445
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Early Intervention for Children With Autism; Outcomes Short and Long Term
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Jane S. Howard (Therapeutic Pathways/Blue Sprig Pediatrics)
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We will present outcome data on a large sample of participants from the Lovaas Institute in Minneapolis, Minnesota and the First Bridge Center in London, United Kingdom. Furthermore, we will present outcomes in adulthood for the participants in a study published in 2007 (Eikeseth et al., 2007). Lastly, we will present a review of individual participant data from the published outcome literature on the importance of intensity in early intensive behavioral intervention for children with autism. In general, outcomes will focus on clinical significance, such as achieving scores within the normal range on intelligence, adaptive behavior and autism severity following intervention. We will supplement our analyses with another measure of clinical significance the Reliable Change Index. This index tells us how large change you need to have for the change to be statistically reliable. In other words, it tells us how large the change needs to be for you to be certain that the change can be explained by the intervention and not some other variable. Implications of the findings for general implementation practices will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Clinical Significance, Early Intervention
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: 1. Decribe general outcomes of EIBI
2. Explaine the imprtance of intensity of internvetion
3. Describe outcome measures
 

Preliminary Outcomes of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Provided in a Centre-Based Model

Mikaela Green (First Bridge Centre), Sasha Zerkalova (First Bridge Centre), SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

A centre-based model of service delivery developed over the last 4 years at the First Bridge Centre in London will be presented. Recently published frameworks recommended standardized measures of autism severity, adaptive behavior, challenging behavior, quality of life and social validity, along with criterion referenced measures to evaluate services and outcome. We will present data on the time and resources needed to implement these measures and the possible benefits of it. Outcome after 6 months on skill acquisition, autism severity and preferences for social stimuli will the presented for 24 children. And outcome after 12 and 24 months on adaptive behaviors, autism severity and problems behaviors will be presented for 18 children and compared to proposed benchmarks of outcome following EIBI. Lastly, we will present the results from a social validity questionnaire. Possible pros and cons of a centre-based provision compared to other models of service delivery will be discussed.

 

Multi-modal Evaluation of Periodic Outcomes of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) for the Purpose of Individualized Treatment Planning and Accountability to Parents and Stakeholders

ERIC V. LARSSON (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

This paper is an updated report of the results of EIBI with 246 children treated between 2003 and 2020 at the Lovaas Institute Midwest. Independent assignment to groups was based upon intervention intensity, age at intake, parental involvement, and staff training. Three groups received the high-quality treatment model described in Maurice, Green, & Foxx (2001) and a comparison group which did not receive high-quality treatment was matched on non-treatment variables. A comprehensive set of child measures was utilized to assess participants at intake, and yearly thereafter until each child was discharged after an average of three years. These evaluations were selected and carried out by independent external assessment centers, separate from the Lovaas Institute. In addition, on a weekly basis, the number of treatment objectives and exemplars mastered was recorded, along with the number of intervention hours and supervision hours. On a six-month basis, the following was conducted by internal clinicians: long-term goals, short-term objectives, and transition plans were developed and revised mutually between the parents and clinicians; mastery of specific treatment objectives was assessed; mastery of the Early Learning Measure was assessed; a 45-minute, structured video-taped assessment was conducted with the parents in the home; quality of treatment intervention was assessed using a standardized checklist; mastery of developmental milestones was assessed using an internally standardized version of the Learning Accomplishment Profile; mastery of a standardized curriculum assessment was assessed; progress against an internally standardized diagnostic checklist was assessed; and measures of significant behavioral challenges and transition planning was assessed using a variety of internally developed measures. Results of individualized treatment planning will be presented.

 

Outcome in Adulthood for Children With Autism Receiving Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions (EIBI) During Preschool Age

SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo Metropolitan University), Marita Andreassen (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

There is limited knowledge about the long-term outcomes in adulthood for children with Autism who received EIBI during their preschool years. This study was designed to explore this question by conducting a follow-up with a group of adults who received EIBI during their early childhood. The participants were individuals from the Eikeseth et al. (2002) study, evaluating outcomes after one year of EIBI (n = 13) compared to a comparison group (n = 12) who received eclectic special education treatment of similar intensity (M = 28.52 hours per week). Children in the EIBI group made significantly larger gains on standardized tests than did children in the eclectic treatment group. Subsequently, outcome was examined for the same children after they had received approximately three years of intervention (Eikeseth et al., 2007). The EIBI group continued to show larger increases in IQ and adaptive functioning than did the eclectic group. Children in the EIBI group also displayed fewer aberrant behaviors and social problems at follow-up. While results indicate that EIBI was effective for children with autism, it remains unclear how these improvements persist into adulthood. This is the primary focus of the current study. We invited the participants in both groups to participate in the long-term follow-up, and 10 responded, 7 from EIBI group and, 3 from Eclectic group. Assessment instruments were: ADOS-2, WAIS, Vineland-3, Psychopathology in Autism Checklist, and a Questionnaire addressing education, housing, employment, medical condition, etc. Participants averaged 33.5 years of age at this follow-up. Results show that the mean intake scores for cognitive and adaptive functioning were 60 and 57 respectively for the EIBI group, which increased to 91 and 74 respectively in adulthood. In contrast, for the Eclectic group, the mean intake scores for cognitive and adaptive functioning were both 60, which remained approximately the same in adulthood (60 and 55 respectively). We also examined comorbid psychiatric conditions in adulthood for participants in both groups. One participant from the Eclectic group scored within the clinically significant range. Three participants from the EIBI group scored below the Autism cut-off according to ADOS-2. During the presentation, individual data for each participant will be presented.

 

Intensity Matters: A Systematic Review of Individual Participant Data for Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism

SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo Metropolitan University), Børge Strømgren (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University), Kristine Berg Titlestad (Western Norway College of Applied Sciences, Norway), Anya Fields (California State University, Northridge), Christina Melanie Saez (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

We gathered individual participant data on 564 children from 15 clinically controlled studies on behavioral intervention for children with autism. The participants were between 2 and 7 years of age at intake and had received behavioral intervention for a minimum of 1 year. placed in a behavioral intervention group or in a comparison group. We divided the EIBI group into three levels if intensity and checked if intensity was related to the clinically significant outcome. In addition, we computed the Reliable Change Index for IQ, adaptive behavior, and autism severity and checked if the proportion of participants that met the RCI criteria was related to intensity. Significantly more children receiving behavioral intervention achieved reliable change in IQ, adaptive behavior, and autism severity. Moreover, a significantly larger proportion of the children receiving behavioral intervention scored within the normal range on IQ, adaptive behavior and within the non-clinical range on autism severity following intervention. The most consistent predictor of outcome was intensity in terms of the weekly intervention hours provided. The implications are discussed in terms of recommendations for intervention implementation and measurements of outcome.

 
 
Symposium #446
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Teaching Tacts and Naming Relations in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty L
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meral Koldas (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute )
Discussant: Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
CE Instructor: Meral Koldas, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium brings together cutting-edge research on teaching tacts and exploring naming relations in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Each study highlights advances methods for improving communication and language skills in children with ASD through targeted interventions. First, Megan Ruffo will present a study focused on teaching tactile tacts to children with ASD, exploring tactile-based learning strategies and their effectiveness in enhancing verbal behavior. Second, Meral Koldas will discuss research on teaching reciprocal tacting to children with autism, investigating how reciprocal interactions can be used to improve back-and-forth communication. Third, Lauren Schexnayder will present findings on emergent listener and tact relations among children using speech-generating devices, examining the development of these skills in children who use alternative communication devices. Forth, Victoria Verdun will explore bi-directional naming and the emergence of listener and tact relations, shedding light on how these relations develop and impact language acquisition in children with ASD. Finally, Judah Axe will conclude the symposium with a discussion on the implications of these studies and potential future research directions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Practitioners, professionals, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, RBTs.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will describe the difference in tact and listener instruction for children with autism who use speech-generating devices (SGD
2. Attendees will define reciprocal tacting and explain how it can be used to teach children with autism to engage in socially reciprocal verbal behaviors.
3. Attendees will describe the process of teaching tacts for tactile stimuli in children with autism including those using speech-generating devices.
 

Teaching Tacts of Tactile Stimuli to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MEGAN RUFFO (University of Nebraska Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

There is limited research on teaching non-visual tacts (e.g., auditory, olfactory, tactile) to children with autism spectrum disorder, and minimal current research on tact training for tactile stimuli. In the current study, four children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder were taught to verbally tact and one participant to tact via their speech generating device, tactile stimuli in the compound condition (i.e., tactile stimuli presented with visual cues) in a multiple probe design across stimuli sets. Throughout teaching in the compound condition, we conducted isolated probes (i.e., tactile stimuli presented without visual cues). Results showed that the compound training condition was effective in teaching tacts of tactile stimuli to the three participants who have completed the study thus far. In addition, the compound training condition also appears to be effective in teaching tacts of tactile stimuli to one ongoing participant who is completing the study via a speech generating device. Furthermore, generalization occurred in the isolated context in the absence of any programmed prompting for all participants. This study emphasizes the need to implement training procedures for tacts of tactile stimuli and stimuli of other modalities to children with autism both verbally and with speech generating devices. Keywords: Tact, tactile stimuli, autism, verbal behavior, labeling, speech generating device

 

Teaching Reciprocal Tacting to Children With Autism

Meral Koldas (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), ALLISON JOSEPHINE KOHL (UNMC), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Sarah C Connolly (Munroe Meyer Institute), Juliana Oliveira (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Whitney Trapp (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Expanding tact repertoires in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is often a central focus of early intensive behavioral intervention due to its critical role in language development. While there are empirically validated teaching strategies for increasing tact repertoires in learners with ASD, strategies to support the use of acquired tacts within a shared social experience is an area that is less established. This study addressed that gap by employing a multiple probe design across participants to teach three children with ASD to engage in reciprocal tacting, where they not only labeled items themselves but also responded to tacts emitted by a social partner by using discrete trial teaching (DTT). The results showed that reciprocal tacting with a social partner was successfully established across all participants. Importanty, after reciprocal tact training, all participants generalized the skill of tacting in a novel and naturalistic social experience. The findings contribute to the limited but growing body of research on promoting socially reciprocal verbal behaviors in children with ASD, which is crucial for improving their social communication outcomes.

 

 Emergent Listener and Tact Relations Among Children Using Speech-Generating Devices

Victoria Verdun (Bierman Autism Centers), LAUREN SCHEXNAYDER (Marcus Autism Center), Rachel Yosick (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Aparna Naresh (Marcus Autism Center), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

For some autistic children, the emergence of untrained skills is absent or delayed; and when this occurs, language must be taught directly, and the overall rate of learning can be significantly impacted. A line of research has assessed the efficiency of teaching language skills by measuring the emergence of untrained skills (e.g., Delfs et al., 2014; Conine et al. 2021). One general finding from this research is that tact instruction is more efficient than listener instruction (e.g., Frampton et al., 2017). However, this research has not yet included nonvocal participants who communicate via augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) modalities such as a speech-generating device (SGD). Given that a recent review noted that the effectiveness of intervention with learners who use an SGD may differ significantly for certain operants (Muharib et al., 2023), further investigation with these learners is warranted. Participants were taken through a series of training comparisons wherein one set was assigned to listener training and another set was assigned to tact training, and probes were conducted to test for the emergence of the untrained operant. Results provide preliminary information on the efficiency of tact and listener instruction with participants who communicate via an SGD.

 
Incidental Bidirectional Naming and the Emergence of Listener and Tact Relations
VICTORIA VERDUN (Bierman Autism Centers), Rachel Yosick (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Aparna Naresh (Marcus Autism Center), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that tact training is generally more efficient than listener training; however, this research has not included assessments of Bidirectional Naming (BiN; Greer & Ross, 2008), which has been related to emergent behaviors. Bi-Directional Naming (BiN) is a capability that allows individuals to learn language incidentally or without direct teaching, by observing name-object relations (hear the name of a novel word and see the object that the word represents; Greer & Ross, 2008). The current study analyzed how BiN affected the efficiency of instruction and the emergence of untaught listener/tact relations with 3 autistic children. We conducted a BiN assessment and listener and tact probes during baseline for 6 target sets. We then taught sets in groups of two wherein one set was assigned to tact training and the other to listener training. Following mastery of each group, additional tact and listener probes and BiN assessments were conducted. Results with the first 2 participants with low BiN levels indicated greater efficiency via tact training and limited and variable emergence of untaught tact relations. For the third participant with higher BiN levels, overall levels of emergence via tact and listener training were higher.
 
 
Symposium #447
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Necessary Behavioral Repertoires and Competencies for Supervisors and Training Staff in High-Quality Education Programs
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Dawn Buffington Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention)
Discussant: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University)
CE Instructor: Dawn B. Townsend, Ph.D.
Abstract: The quality of education delivered to autistic individuals relies heavily on the engagement level and skillfulness of those responsible for providing direct instruction. This is true regardless of the type, size, or location of the agency. It is also well known that high-quality intervention can only be delivered by clinical teaching staff who have received sufficient training and skill development opportunities. As such, the outcomes of students are tied directly to the skillfulness and engagement of both the teaching staff and the supervising / training staff. This symposium will discuss the importance of expectations for supervisor and trainer behavior and the development of systems that ensure supervising staff are engaged in functional behavior that produces positive changes in teacher and client behavior. In addition, these systems will be discussed in reference to the ongoing assessment of performance of the supervising staff, teaching staff, and client population. The presenters will discuss strategies for developing staff both within and across various programs, including dissemination of training and supervision practices to promote high-quality intervention and share data on engagement (for teachers, supervisors, and students), specific supervisor behavior repertoires, and effectiveness of the implemented systems.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavior-skills training, high-quality intervention, staff training, supervision
Target Audience: The audience should have an understanding of general supervision practices, assessment strategies related to client progress and staff performance, and the importance of systems in delivering high-quality intervention services.
Learning Objectives: 1. supervise and train others in the use of behavior skills training to ensure effective feedback interactions and postive skill development in clients and staff.
2. identify effective systems that ensure regular assessment of supervisor and teacher behavior related to engagement and functional responses related to promoting positive student outcomes.
3. specify why teacher and supervisor engagement is an important assessment tool in an effective human services agency.
 
Supervisor/Trainer Activities to Promote Staff Skill Development in a Classroom
Sue Vener (RISE NY), ALISON GILLIS (RISE NY)
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to discuss the importance of ensuring that supervisors who are responsible for training and developing teaching staff members spend the majority of their time in activities that promote skill development for instructional staff and students. Across multiple behavior-analytic programs for learners with autism, data will be collected to determine the extent to which trainers/supervisors spend their time throughout the school day engaged in training activities, direct teaching activities, other work-related activities, off-task behavior, or are not present in the classroom. Data will also be collected to determine the effect of trainer/supervisor presence in a classroom on instructional staff member engagement behavior. The impact of trainer behavior on the classroom operation will be investigated. Taken together, these measures are important in shaping the competency of staff within a given program, thereby directly affecting the quality of intervention services provided as well as learner outcomes being achieved.
 
How Yoked Contingencies of Engagement Translate to the Success of Clients
ERIC ROZENBLAT (Institute for Educational Achievement), Donna De Feo (Institute for Educational Achievement), Dawn Buffington Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention)
Abstract: The quality of education delivered to autistic individuals relies heavily on the engagement level and skillfulness of those responsible for providing direct instruction. This is true regardless of the type, size, or location of the agency. It is also well known that high-quality intervention can only be delivered by clinical teaching staff who have received sufficient training and skill development opportunities. As such, the outcomes of students are tied directly to the skillfulness and engagement of both the teaching staff and the supervising / training staff. This symposium will discuss the importance of expectations for supervisor and trainer behavior and the development of systems that ensure supervising staff are engaged in functional behavior that produces positive changes in teacher and client behavior. In addition, these systems will be discussed in reference to the ongoing assessment of performance of the supervising staff, teaching staff, and client population. The presenters will discuss strategies for developing staff both within and across various programs, including dissemination of training and supervision practices to promote high-quality intervention and share data on engagement (for teachers, supervisors, and students), specific supervisor behavior repertoires, and effectiveness of the implemented systems.
 

How Supervisors From ASAI Agencies Deliver Hands-On Training to Improve Staff Performance

KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily E. Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Priya P Patil (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract:

Autism intervention staff training has been the focus of numerous publications in the applied behavior analytic literature. Although recent publications have focused on behavior skills training (cf., Parsons et al., 2012), the work of Mont Wolf and his colleagues (Wolf et al.,1995) was seminal in articulating the steps of a teaching interaction found to be effective for working with adjudicated youth. ASAI agency members have been operating from the elements of those teaching interactions (cf., McClannahan et al.,1982; Leaf et al., 2015) for decades, teaching staff at all levels to use them with colleagues to celebrate praiseworthy performances and to instruct on performances which need to be different. Despite the uniform agreement of the value of these interactions, no data to date have been published that quantify the use of these procedures nor have there been demonstrations of a functional relationship between them and staff performance. This paper will present 6 months of data from the five international ASAI members displaying the use of these dimensions while providing hands-on training to teachers employed at ASAI member agencies. The data will be discussed in terms of its generality to educating autism interventionists and future research questions in need of answers.

 

The Effectiveness of a Systematic Training and Supervision System to Disseminate High-Quality Science-Based Autism Intervention in Poland

MARTA WOJCIK (Institute for Child Development, Gdansk), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk, Poland)
Abstract:

The science-based autism intervention model used by the Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention (ASAI) agencies , originally developed by Drs. McClannahan and Krantz, has a number of advantages in establishing skillful clinical and professional repertoires. The model includes not only didactic teaching but also hands-on training, both of which are necessary to establish the highest quality professional and clinical skills in those instructing individuals with autism. The purpose of this paper is to discuss the Institute for Child Development’s (IWRD) model of training and supervision in IWRD-Recommended Institutions throughout Poland to achieve positive outcomes for children and teenagers with autism. The systematic supervision and training model provided by IWRD specialists is used to develop skills of clinicians in various agencies to use effective, science-based teaching techniques; data collection tools, and individualized motivational systems. The training model also helps staff to involve families in the educational process and teaches program leadership to conduct professional evaluations annually for all therapists. Data will be presented across a 7-year period from all IWRD-Recommended centers documenting the number of children in therapy, educational programs, supervision hours, and evaluations conducted (with average evaluation scores).

 
 
Paper Session #450
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Collaborative Professionalism in Practice: Cultivating Interpersonal Skills Through Video Modeling
Monday, May 26, 2025
3:30 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Trudy Georgio, Ph.D.
 

Collaborative Professionalism in Practice: Cultivating Interpersonal Skills Through Video Modeling

Domain: Applied Research
TRUDY GEORGIO (Bay Path University), Julie A Angstadt (Hummingbird ABA Therapy), Gabrielle Morgan (Bay Path University)
 
Abstract:

Understanding Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions, evidence-based assessments, writing behavior intervention plans, and data collection are critical components of becoming a behavior analyst and are all required areas of training per the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s® Task List. While the task list and mandated training in these technical competencies are critical, the importance of interpersonal skills must not be overlooked (Taylor et al., 2018). Interpersonal skills, also known as “soft skills”, include effective communication, empathy, active listening, and establishing safety and rapport with stakeholders. While little research exists on best practices for training adults in professional interpersonal skills, the new 6th edition of the BACB® has added an Ethics Code E.8, stating that trainees and behavior analysts should be able to “Identify and apply interpersonal and other skills (e.g., accepting feedback, listening actively, seeking input, collaborating) to establish and maintain professional relationships”. These interpersonal skills are pivotal for fostering stakeholder buy-in and ensuring continued success for clients (Roher et al., 2021). Still, they are often inadequately addressed in traditional training programs, which primarily emphasize the technical aspects of ABA. This research aims to evaluate the effectiveness of video modeling as an innovative training tool to enhance the interpersonal skills of trainees pursuing certification as behavior analysts. Video modeling bridges the gap between theoretical knowledge and real-world application by providing visual and practical demonstrations of desired interpersonal behaviors (Parsons et al., 2012). This research aims to provide practical and evidence-based solutions for behavior analysts to meet BACB® Ethics Code 4.08 regarding performance monitoring and feedback and Code 4.06 regarding providing supervision and training. The interpersonal skills addressed in this research are specific to conducting an intake appointment when a behavior analyst first meets with the caregiver of a new client. These skills are crucial in intake meetings to build rapport and trust with the client, especially as this is often the first impression of the behavior analyst and/or agency. This study features a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design, with baseline data collected for each participant before the introduction of the video modeling training. The intervention is evaluated across three participants of varying ages and experience levels who each received the training. Assessments are conducted using an interpersonal skills checklist to measure the impact of the training. Qualitative feedback is also gathered through participant surveys and interviews to assess their perceptions of the training methods.

 
Target Audience:

Beginner and intermediate

 
 
Symposium #452
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Substance and Justice: Conceptualizing Functional Approaches to Recovery and Rehabilitation
Monday, May 26, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Stephanie Lin (University of Hawaii-Manoa )
Discussant: Anna Kate Edgemon (The University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Anna Kate Edgemon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In 2023, 1.8 million people were incarcerated in the US and 48.5 million struggled with problematic substance use. Current systems for caring for people in prison or struggling with substances tend to be focused on stopping problematic behaviors rather than constructing more effective and flexible repertoires. This symposium will apply behavioral concepts to exploring alternative contexts for building the repertoires of those in recovery or rehabilitation. The first talk will offer a conceptual analysis of how psychedelic-assisted therapy might work to build more freedom and flexibility into the lives of people struggling with substances. The second talk will offer a conceptual analysis of how restorative justice could be integrated into the current penal system to heal both justice-involved individuals and their communities. The symposium will close with a discussion of the advantages of viewing recovery and rehabilitation through a behavioral lens, and barriers to implementation of behaviorally-informed interventions in these contexts.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Judicial Processes, Psychedelic-Assisted Therapy, Restorative Justice, Substance Use
Target Audience:

BCaBAs, Individuals offering direct therapy, Individuals beginning training in behavior analysis, Individuals who have recently completed baccalaureate-level work

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the value and utility that a behavioral lens brings to psychedelic pharmacotherapies for SUDs
2. Describe the difference between punishment-based approaches and restorative justice approaches to intervention and rehabilitation in the current penal system
3. Compare how restorative justice and psychedelic-assisted therapies utilize non-punitive, context-sensitive approaches to promote behavior change and long-term rehabilitation in both the penal system and substance use disorder treatment
 
Substance for Substance: The Psychedelic Approach to Substance Use Disorders
BELLA LAINE PATTERSON (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: Traditional treatments for substance use disorders (SUDs) primarily center on behavioral therapies (Carroll & Onken, 2005) and pharmacological interventions (Forray & Sofuoglu, 2014), focusing on managing withdrawal symptoms (Kosten et al., 2019), craving reduction (Heinz et al., 2003), and modifying harmful patterns of substance use (Carroll & Onken, 2005). While these approaches are effective, they are not necessarily constructive, focusing on symptom reduction rather than building new repertoires. The growing interest in the therapeutic potential of psychedelics offers a new avenue for treating SUDs. Psychedelic-assisted therapy, using substances like psilocybin and MDMA, shows potential to disrupt rigid thought patterns (Carhart-Harris & Friston, 2019), facilitate emotional processing (Watts et al., 2017), and catalyze profound personal insights (Griffiths et al., 2016), leading to a clinically transformative potential that underscores the importance of addressing underlying psychological and emotional drivers of addiction. This conceptual talk will explore the value and utility of a behavioral lens to psychedelic pharmacotherapies for SUDs. By examining the mechanisms through which psychedelics influence behavior (e.g., Default Mode Network, reinforcement contingencies), we can better translate these approaches into practical, evidence-based interventions. A behavioral conceptual analysis provides a framework for identifying core therapeutic processes, allowing for more targeted interventions tailored to individuals’ psychological needs.
 
Restoring Rehabilitation: The Functionality of Restorative Justice in the Penal System
JACOB C NORRIS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: The United States legal system can be described as immensely troubled (Cullen et al., 2011; Tewksbury, 2010; Prins, 2014). Issues associated with the penal system range from financial burdens placed on citizens, communities, and the offender’s family, to most notably creating a cycle of incarceration that disproportionately affects poor, urban communities (Apel & Diller, 2016). Judicial processes that are conducive towards spaces of healing, not only for the victims of offenses, but towards the offender, conceptually introduce a pathway towards restoring the penal system back to its roots, rehabilitation. Restorative Justice is a judicial process involving various processes such as apologies, accountability and restitution of harm/injury, facilitation of healing, and an orientation towards reintegration of offenders back into the community context in which they committed offenses against, either in conjunction with or without criminal punishment (Dhami et al., 2009; Menkel-Meadow, 2007). This conceptual talk will seek to examine the current penal system as a punishment-based intervention allowing for the functional analysis of considerations and consequences related to integrating the components of Restorative Justice into this failing and inequitable system.
 
 
Symposium #453
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Using Technology to Enhance Teaching and Learning: Benefits of Video-Based Instruction
Monday, May 26, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Discussant: Kathleen Bezdek Cook (Augustana University)
CE Instructor: Christina Simmons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Over the past two decades, practitioners and researchers have recognized the benefits of technology to support intervention and education of individuals with autism and developmental disabilities and those that support their care. In fact, the National Autism Center designates “Technology-based Treatment” as a category of emerging evidence-based treatment. Such technology-based programs and supports have demonstrated success at addressing behavioral, communication, social, and adaptive skill goals and in delivering training to caregivers and clinicians. Innovative technology interventions and supports span a range of modalities, including computers, handheld electronic devices, and virtual reality. Throughout this symposium, presenters will focus on how technology can enhance teaching and learning, with a specific focus on video-based instruction delivery. Yanchik and colleagues will present findings on how portable virtual reality can extend classroom-based learning of clinical skills for students of applied behavior analysis, with video-based instruction embedded in the virtual reality context. Herting and colleagues will present their findings comparing static pictures and video prompting on independent completion of cooking tasks. Results from these studies indicate that technology-delivered and supported instruction led to skill acquisition for both types of adult learners. Presenters will describe benefits of video-based instruction and factors influencing preference for technology.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): adult learners, technology, video prompting, virtual reality
Target Audience:

Educators and practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify at least three behavior analytic clinical skills taught to ABA students via virtual reality.
2. List three aspects of virtual reality as an educational tool that were identified by ABA students as highly acceptable.
3. Identify potential benefits of video prompting over static pictures for teaching independent functional living skills.
 

Using Portable Virtual Reality to Extend Classroom-Based Learning of Clinical Skills for Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Students

AMELIA YANCHIK (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Within the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA), students must demonstrate mastery of critical clinical skills. Coursework typically includes didactic instruction with minimal opportunities to practice clinical skills, receive individualized feedback, and reach mastery. In-person training barriers reported by students include unrealistic adult role plays and reactivity to being observed. Virtual reality (VR) has the potential to address time and quality barriers. Our research team developed a VR training on core behavior analytic skills. This study incorporated self-guided in-home VR training within clinical coursework and evaluated its feasibility, acceptability, and usability. Participants were first year M.A. In ABA students. In Study 1, 11 participants completed a pre-pilot acceptability survey, took home a portable VR headset, watched a tutorial video, proceeded through four training levels during a 2-week period, and completed post-pilot usability and acceptability measures. In Study 2, 15 new first-year students completed all procedures from Study 1 with the addition of an in-person role play with a researcher on implementation of core clinical skills before and after VR training. Results indicate that the majority of participants completed the training independently, rated the training high in acceptability and usability, and improved in their clinical skill implementation after the VR training.

 
A Comparison of Static Picture and Video Prompting on Independent Completion of Cooking Tasks
ELENA MONETTE HERTING (Simmons University), Kylan S. Turner (Simmons University)
Abstract: The primary goal of teaching functional living skills to adults diagnosed with developmental disabilities is to promote independence and enhance their quality of life. The use of visual aids have been found to be a beneficial teaching tool to emphasize the critical aspects of daily living skills with student-aged individuals. This study expands on Mechling and Gustafson (2008) by comparing the efficacy of static pictures and video prompting methods on performance of cooking related tasks with adults diagnosed with developmental disabilities. The participants were presented 20 cooking-related tasks that were divided into two sets of 10 in each session. Each set was paired by level of difficulty so that the tasks assigned to either static picture or video prompts were relatively matched. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to measure the percentage of tasks completed correctly across treatments. Results indicated that both visual treatments increased independent responding, with video prompting resulting in slightly more independent responses over static pictures for four out of five participants.
 
 
Symposium #454
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Parametric and Comparative Analyses of Procedural Fidelity Errors
Monday, May 26, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 150 AB
Area: EAB/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Paige O'Neill (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Paige O'Neill, M.A.
Abstract: Errors in the implementation of behavioral interventions can negatively impact treatment efficacy, and better understanding extent of these effects is crucial to promoting best outcomes. This symposium will present three studies examining the impact of procedural fidelity errors on behavior reduction and skill acquisition interventions. The first study will present a parametric evaluation of procedural fidelity level (i.e., 100%, 80% 60%, 40%, and 20%) during differential reinforcement of other behavior with combined commission and omission errors. Results demonstrate that DRO can withstand some degree of fidelity error without losing efficacy. The second will compare of the efficacy of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior implemented in both extended periods of high/low (i.e., 100%/50%) fidelity sessions relative to rapidly alternating sessions of high/low fidelity. Findings suggest that DRA may remain effective when errors are interspersed, highlighting the role of experimental design in mitigating fidelity issues. The final study will present a parametric evaluation of varied and interspersed levels of procedural fidelity (i.e., 100%, 67%, 33%) during acquisition of match-to-sample skills with an examination of skill acquisition when procedural fidelity errors are corrected. Results show that procedural errors can hinder progress, but correcting these errors can still lead to task mastery.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): human operant, procedural fidelity, translational research
Target Audience: graduate students, researchers, BCBAs
Learning Objectives: 1. describe the impact of varying levels of procedural fidelity on the efficacy of behavioral interventions
2. describe the influence of patterns of procedural fidelity on the efficacy of behavioral interventions
3. discuss how findings from research apply to behavior interventions in applied settings
 

Parametric Evaluation of Treatment Integrity Level During Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO)

(Applied Research)
PAIGE O'NEILL (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Thomas Eilers (University of Nebraska - Omaha)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is a strategy commonly used to address challenging behavior but can be difficult to implement with high treatment integrity. While it is ideal that behavioral treatments are implemented with perfect treatment integrity, previous research has demonstrated that treatment effects can be observed even with occasional treatment integrity errors. However, the impact of various degrees of treatment integrity on outcomes of DRO is still unclear. The purpose of the current study was to conduct a parametric analysis of treatment integrity level (100%, 80%, 60%, 40%, 20%) in DRO in a human operant arrangement using a multiple treatments reversal design. Participants engaged with a computer program in which mouse-clicks on a moving button on the screen served as the target response and a proxy for challenging behavior. Rate of target responding was compared across baseline, DRO with 100% treatment integrity, and during reduced-integrity DRO (i.e., 80%., 60%, 40%, and 20% treatment integrity). Results indicate that DRO may be robust despite some level of treatment integrity error. These findings will inform future evaluations of treatment integrity errors in DRO and may inform mediator training practices.

 

Impacts of Experimental Design on Outcomes of Differential Reinforce of Alternative Behavior With Reduced Procedural Fidelity

(Basic Research)
OLIVIA HARVEY (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (DRA) effectively reduces challenging behavior by reinforcing an alternative behavior. However, its efficacy can be compromised if implemented with errors. With other procedures (e.g., RIRD, DRO), interspersing high- and low-fidelity sessions has reduced negative effects of fidelity errors, but this has not yet been demonstrated with DRA. Therefore, the purpose of the present study was to identify how experimental design (phase-wide errors or interspersed high- and low-fidelity) impacted responding when fidelity was reduced. To address this question, we used a within-subject translational model. Undergraduate students engaged in arbitrary responses on a computer-based task that were analogous to challenging and appropriate behavior. Participants experienced three conditions: baseline, DRA 100%, and DRA 50%. During the phase-wide errors, participants experienced an extended period of DRA 100% followed by an extended period of DRA 50%. During the interspersed high- and low-fidelity phase, participants rapidly alternated between the DRA 100% and DRA 50% conditions. Fidelity errors had differential effects based on the experimental design. In some cases, DRA was still effective when implemented with interspersed errors.

 

A Parametric Analysis of Varying Levels of Consequence-Based Procedural Fidelity Errors When Learning New Tasks

(Basic Research)
SYDNEY BURLISON (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Joshua Bensemann (The University of Auckland, New Zealand)
Abstract:

A limitation of the parametric literature regarding procedural errors is that individual stimulus sets or tasks are typically implemented with one level of fidelity throughout a study. Currently, no studies have investigated how implementing procedures with varying levels of fidelity affects learning. In addition, a small body of research indicates that a history of errors may impact future learning (e.g., Bergmann et al., 2021; Hirst & DiGennaro Reed, 2015). In Experiment 1, we varied the levels of procedural fidelity across one of three stimulus groups during a matching-to-sample task. Subsequently, we implemented a 100% fidelity phase for the varying group of stimuli to evaluate how initially exposing learners to varying levels of fidelity affects ongoing performance once errors are corrected. In Experiment 2, we systematically replicated Experiment 1 and included an incentive component to further investigate how including a cumulative point system and the opportunity to obtain additional reinforcers would affect learning. Overall, the results showed that the varying levels with which procedural errors are introduced can be detrimental to learning. However, when errors are corrected, individuals can master the task.

 
 
Symposium #455
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Advancing Supervision Practices: Ensuring Quality Training in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marija Čolić (University of Hawaiʻi at Mānoa, Special Education Department )
Discussant: Natalie Badgett (University of Utah )
CE Instructor: Marija Čolić, Ph.D.
Abstract: Effective supervision and access to unrestricted learning opportunities are critical for the professional development of trainees pursuing their experience hours toward Board Certified Behavior Analyst certification, yet many trainees face barriers that hinder their professional growth and competency development. This symposium brings together research on supervision practices and fieldwork opportunities, addressing challenges that impact the quality of supervision. First, Paige Boydston will present findings on trainees’ experiences with common supervision errors, including insufficient supervision hours and unqualified supervisors, which negatively affect their preparedness. Next, Clare Liddon will explore barriers to providing unrestricted learning activities, essential for meeting certification requirements, based on survey data from both supervisors and trainees. By examining these challenges, the symposium emphasizes the importance of improving supervision practices and ensuring that trainees receive the necessary support to develop competence in applied behavior analysis. The overall conclusion highlights the need for targeted interventions and refined guidelines to enhance training quality, fostering better outcomes for future behavior analysts.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): supervision, supervision experience, supervisor, trainee
Target Audience: This symposium is designed for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) who supervise or train behavior analysis trainees. It is especially relevant for those seeking to improve their supervisory practices and ensure compliance with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board supervision standards. BCBA supervisors who are responsible for providing fieldwork experiences and ensuring the professional development of trainees will benefit from insights on enhancing the quality and accountability of supervision. The content will also appeal to those interested in addressing common supervisory challenges and refining their approach to providing effective, individualized training.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify common supervisory errors in behavior analysis fieldwork, such as insufficient supervision hours and unqualified supervisors.
2. Participants will be able to describe the barriers to providing unrestricted learning opportunities for trainees and propose solutions to overcome these barriers.
3. Participants will be able to apply evidence-based strategies to improve their supervisory practices, ensuring compliance with BACB supervision standards and enhancing trainee competency development.
 
Preliminary Investigation of Supervision Experiences for Individuals Pursing Internship Experiences in Behavior Analysis
PAIGE BOYDSTON (Pittsburg State University)
Abstract: There is a growing body of literature regarding best-practice in supervision (e.g., Dubuque & Dubuque, 2018; Sellers et al., 2016; Turner et al., 2016), yet a growing issue with supervision experiences is the lack of adherence to basic guidelines, creating decreased learning opportunities and increased errors. Supervisors who are out of compliance with basic standards compromise their supervisee’s experience, training, and continuing education. Given the vulnerable position of supervisees (who are reliant on mentors), it is imperative that negligent supervision practices be identified and remediated. The proposed project aims to identify these maladaptive practices to increase awareness and further research around supervision practices. The current project seeks to identify common errors that occur in supervision experiences (e.g., too little supervision per month, lack of a signed contract, lack of direct interactions each month by supervisors and supervisees) and to identify if supervisees are/were aware that their experiences did not meet minimum guidelines, via an electronically disseminated survey. Participants are from varied supervised experiences, with 70% of respondents indicating they have had at least one “unqualified” supervisor and 23% indicating a “low quality” experience. The identification of initial variables will lead to targeted research, training, and intervention on inappropriate supervisory practices.
 
Unrestricted Learning Opportunities for Trainees in Behavior Analysis
CLARE LIDDON (University of Florida), Madison Crandall (University of Dayton)
Abstract: The BACB defines unrestricted activities as “…those that are most likely to be performed by a BCBA,” and requires that 60% of fieldwork hours consist of these activities (BACB, 2022a). Fieldwork hours may be accrued across a number of different host sites (e.g., hospital units, schools, community locations, etc.), with each host site having different day-to-day responsibilities affecting how these opportunities are provided. Therefore, exploration of the provision of these opportunities and the barriers to providing these opportunities is warranted. This presentation will cover results from two survey studies seeking to describe current practices involved in provision of opportunities to gain fieldwork experience hours towards BCBA certification; specifically, practices related to unrestricted fieldwork activities. Survey reports from both supervisors and supervisees indicate that, while unrestricted learning opportunities are often provided to trainees, contingencies present within the day-to-day operations of a clinical environment can be hampering. A discussion of the implications of these barriers and potential solutions are included.
 
 
Panel #456
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Diversity submission Global Journeys, Shared Success: International Student Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Program Experiences
Monday, May 26, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Krystal Kennedy, Ph.D.
Chair: Krystal Kennedy (Tennessee Technological University)
CHAIDAMOYO GOODSON DZENGA (University of Montana Western)
ESEOGHENE ODERHOHWO (Tennessee Technological University)
AGNESS S ANENO (Tennessee Technological University, Tennessee Association for behavior Analysts.)
Abstract:

As higher education evolves, institutions must recognize and honor the diverse cultural experiences students bring to the classroom by adapting teaching methods and support services to meet their unique needs. Tennessee Tech University's unique ABA learning community in rural Tennessee primarily includes international scholars and first-generation rural graduate students. In this session, our students will showcase a qualitative study and share their journeys, challenges, and triumphs as they navigate cultural transitions, balance family responsibilities, and pursue their academic goals. International students will discuss their experiences adapting to American academic culture, while rural students will reflect on how their backgrounds inform their approach to behavioral healthcare. Attendees will gain insights into creating more inclusive and supportive environments for diverse student populations through these firsthand accounts. Join us to hear directly from students bridging cultures and building careers in behavior analysis while maintaining strong connections to their global origins and rural roots.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify strategies for supporting international ABA students.
2. Feel comfortable applying strategies discussed in similar contexts.
3. Have a better understanding of international student needs.
Keyword(s): culture sensitivity, higher education, international student
 
 
Invited Paper Session #457
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
It Takes Two to Tango: The Path From Preverbal to Generative Verbal Behavior
Monday, May 26, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: LBD; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (The University of Alabama in Huntsville)
CE Instructor: Maithri Sivaraman, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Teachers College of Columbia University, USA; Tendrils Centre for Autism, India)
Abstract:

The origins of verbal behavior are said to lie in toddler-caregiver interactions. Recent research has argued that these instances of cooperation serve as a context to build preverbal skills including orienting, imitation and vocalizations, and drive derived relational responding and complex verbal behavior. I will discuss the continuum from preverbal behavior to relational responding in young children, focusing on the methods to facilitate foundational skills for language-learning. Specifically, I will present data on the impact of contingent vocal imitation on vocalizations, orienting and preverbal turn-taking. In addition to these foundations, Relational Frame Theory postulates that nonarbitrary relations (i.e., relations based on formal properties) are a key precursor for complex language. I will demonstrate ways to assess and teach nonarbitrary relations across listener and speaker response topographies to neurotypical and neurodivergent children.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students, practitioners, and researchers in ABA

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify at least three preverbal behaviors emitted by young children
2. Describe one strategy to facilitate the emission of vocalizations in children with language delays
3. Describe a method to assess relational responding based on formal properties - a key foundation for generative language
 
MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Teachers College of Columbia University, USA; Tendrils Centre for Autism, India)
Maithri Sivaraman is an Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education at Teachers College, Columbia University. She received her Master’s in Psychology from the University of Madras in India and a Ph.D in Psychology from Ghent University in Belgium at the Research in Developmental Disorders Lab where she studied the early social and verbal repertoires in young children with and without special needs. Her research falls under three broad domains – (a) generative verbal behavior, (b) children’s socio-emotional development, and (c) cultural adaptations made to support services. She currently serves as an Associate Editor for the Psychological Record and on the Editorial Board of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Prior to her current position, Maithri established the Tendrils Centre for Autism in Chennai, India offering behavioral services for children with special needs. She serves as a consultant for multiple early intervention centres in India and Europe, and as a Treasurer for the Association for Science in Autism Treatment. With Dr. Tricia Skoler, she blogs on early childhood development for Psychology Today.
 
 
Symposium #459
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Diverse Applications of Performance Management: Enhancing Staff & Student Training Across Preschools, Community Organizations, and Academic Environments
Monday, May 26, 2025
4:00 PM–5:35 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Hanna Vance (University of Florida)
Discussant: Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology)
CE Instructor: Hanna Vance, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium focuses on enhancing staff and student performance through training and various performance management strategies in preschools, community organizations, and academic settings. We begin by presenting findings from a study that used graphic feedback to reduce stationary behavior among practicum teachers, highlighting the importance of physical movement in preschool classrooms. Next, we explore a study designed to equip preschool teachers with effective behavior management skills through workshops and coaching, emphasizing the implementation of healthy behavioral practices. Third, we report on research aimed at optimizing graphing skills by comparing different instructional interventions, including video modelling, with implications for approaches that best improve performance. Finally, we examine the effects of training practitioners to conduct indirect assessments with high fidelity, leading to discussions that highlight the disconnect between “knowledge” and performance of clinical skills and the need for practitioners and researchers to use best practices to ensure high fidelity in implementing indirect assessments. Together, these studies showcase the diverse applications of performance management in behavior analysis across various settings.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): coaching, graphic feedback, training, video model
Target Audience:

teachers, aba practitioners, graduate students

Learning Objectives: 1. Evaluate Graphic Feedback Effectiveness: Participants will identify the effectiveness of group versus individual graphic feedback in reducing stationary behavior among practicum teachers and discuss strategies to enhance physical engagement in preschool classrooms.
2. Components of Effective Interventions: Attendees will recognize the key components of an intervention—including workshops, coaching, and feedback—that most effectively improve the use of healthy behavioral practices.
3. Compare Instructional Approaches for Graphing Skills: Participants will compare and contrast various instructional methods, including video modeling, aimed at enhancing graphing skills in graduate-level students, and evaluate their implications for performance improvement.
4. Bridge the Gap Between Knowledge and Performance: Attendees will explore training initiatives aimed at enhancing fidelity in clinical skills related to indirect assessments. They will examine the disconnect between knowledge and performance, identifying best practices to ensure high fidelity in implementation and improve the overall effectiveness of behavioral interventions
 
Evaluating the Effects of Graphic Feedback on Stationary Behavior Exhibited by Practicum Teachers in an Inclusive Preschool Classroom
KELLEY L. HARRISON (Ally Connect Behavioral Health & Kansas Behavior Supports), Hanna Vance (University of Florida), Sharyn Serbet (University of Kansas), KY Clifton KANAMAN (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: Facilitating quality activities, interactions, and classroom management requires preschool teachers to engage in frequent physical movement. Infrequent physical movement (i.e., stationary behavior) may decrease engagement and interactions between teachers and children, which may be antecedent events that precede challenging behavior. Thus, teachers who engage in extended periods of stationary behavior can inadvertently cause classroom disruptions. In the current study, we used an indicated intervention yielded from the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services which included group graphic feedback and individual graphic-feedback in a practice-based preschool setting to successfully decrease stationary behavior exhibited by practicum teachers in an inclusive preschool classroom. Findings suggested that individual-graphic feedback had the most salient impact for two of the three teachers. This presentation will discuss considerations for using both group graphic feedback and individual graphic feedback in classroom settings, the possible effects of increased teacher movement in the classroom, and future research suggestions in this area.
 

Evaluating the Effects of a Workshop, Coaching, and Performance Feedback on the Use of Healthy Behavioral Practices in Three Inclusive Preschool Classrooms

HANNA VANCE (University of Florida), Kyleigh Montague (University of Florida), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Florida), Samantha Bussell (University of Florida), Julio Martinez (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Recent research shows that general education teachers often struggle with implementing effective behavior management strategies, particularly those involving consequences. A systematic review by McGuire et al. (2024) revealed that many teachers continue to have difficulty with consequence-based strategies even after training, and general education teachers report receiving less training in this area than those in specialized settings. A recent study found that general education teachers are often unprepared to manage students with challenging behaviors. To address these gaps, it is essential to equip teachers with foundational classroom management skills and supplement their training with strategies that promote long-term retention. Healthy behavioral practices—including frequent positive interactions, clear instructions, appropriate responses to disruptive behaviors, and access to preferred activities—are key strategies. In this study, preschool teachers were trained to apply these strategies in response to behaviors serving various functions. We collected data on their use of healthy behavioral practices, conducted a 2-h workshop, and provided written feedback and coaching across three classrooms and four teachers. Results from this approach, along with practical implications for classroom management, will be shared in the presentation.

 
Optimizing Graphing Skills: Comparing Video Modeling, Traditional Lecture, and No-Instruction Control
MADELINE MARIE MARIE ASARO (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Kendra White (Brock University), Sydney Wu (Brock University)
Abstract: The ability to construct single-subject graphs is a critical competency for behaviour analysts. As graphs serve as a tool for analyzing the functional relation between independent and dependent variables, which facilitates continuous data-driven decision-making and intervention adjustments (Kahng et al., 2010; Sidman, 1960). Various instructional methods for teaching graph construction have been evaluated, with a growing body of research comparing their effectiveness (Kranak & Mitteer, 2022). In this study, we extended the work of Zonneveld et al. (2024) by employing a repeated-measures between subjects design to compare the effects of three instructional strategies: video modeling, traditional lecture, and a no-instruction control on the graphing performance of first-year master’s students when constructing reversal and multielement design graphs. Preliminary findings show that, while pretest scores were similar across groups, both the video-model and traditional-lecture groups demonstrated significantly higher post-test scores compared to the no-instruction control group. We will discuss the implications of these findings in relation to previous evaluations and explore potential future applications.
 

Training Implementation of Indirect Assessments With High Fidelity

EMILY DOWLING (University of Florida), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Florida), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (The Arc of Alachua County), Cassandra O'Hara (University of Florida), Colleen Pardon (University of Florida), Kali Hornbuckle (University of Florida)
Abstract:

While indirect assessments are commonly used in research and practice by behavior analysts, the existing literature does not describe how practitioners are trained to use these tools. Accurate implementation of indirect assessments is important for identifying possible functions of behavior that may be used to inform functional analysis conditions or, in cases in which functional analyses are not conducted, for developing function-based treatments. The current study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) to train professionals (BCBAs, BCaBAs, and behavior technicians) to implement indirect assessments (QABF, MAS, FAST) with high fidelity. Pre- and post-training evaluations consisted of a written knowledge test and accurate implementation of the assessments. Performance on the pre-intervention written knowledge test was high, with 5 out of 6 participants meeting mastery criteria (90%). However, participants were not able to implement the indirect assessments with high fidelity prior to training. Instructions alone were not sufficient for participants to implement assessments with high fidelity. Participants required modeling, rehearsal, and feedback to improve performance. These findings highlight the disconnect between “knowledge” and performance of clinical skills and the need for practitioners and researchers to use best practice for ensuring high fidelity of implementation of indirect assessments.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #461
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
The Things We Say About the Things We Do
Monday, May 26, 2025
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Matthew P. Normand, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Self-reports are verbal responses evoked by questions posed to a respondent about their own experiences. However, a self-report is not what we say about what we do, it is more of what we do. Self-reports might tell us something about the past, the present, or the future. But often they do not. The research literature contains many examples of self-reports differing from more direct measures of behavior and relatively few examples of close correspondence. This should not be surprising, as most of the relevant variables are absent at the time of reporting. Ultimately, the verbal responses that constitute self-reports and their controlling variables must be analyzed in and of themselves, not just taken as a proxy for direct observation of the things described. Although behavior analysts have historically avoided the use of self-report data, such data do play a role in contemporary behavior analytic research, including reports on the social validity of our applications, surveys about the characteristics of our science and practice, and reports of the experiences of our students and professionals. It seems important to consider what these reports can and cannot tell us, and what we might do to buttress them when they are used.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Audience members should have a basic understanding of B.F. Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior, especially the characteristic controlling variables for the elementary verbal operants, and an understanding of the multiple control of verbal behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the relevant controlling relations involved in "ideal" self-reports.
2. Describe the types of multiple control likely influencing actual self-reports.
3. Describe several ways to potentially improve the accuracy of self-reports.
 
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific)
Dr. Normand is a Professor of Psychology at the University of the Pacific. He earned his B.A. in Psychology at Western New England College, his M.A. in Behavior Analysis at Western Michigan University, and his M.S. and Ph.D. in Cognitive and Behavioral Sciences at the Florida State University. His is a past Editor of The Behavior Analyst (now Perspectives on Behavior Science), and a past Associate Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, The Behavior Analyst, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and the European Journal of Behavior Analysis. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (SEAB) and on the Executive Council of Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association (APA). He was the 2011 recipient of the B.F. Skinner New Researcher Award from Division 25 of APA.
 
 
Symposium #462
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Recent Advancements to Increase Complex Verbal Repertoires
Monday, May 26, 2025
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Juliet Grillo (Brooklyn Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Juliet Grillo, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium seeks to discuss the efficacy of different teaching procedures to increase complex verbal repertoires across three research studies. The purpose of the first study was to extend Jennings et al. (2023) by comparing the training of component skills (multiple tact, multiple listener, intraverbal categorization, listener compound discrimination) consecutively or a subset of components skills trained simultaneously on the emergence of convergent intraverbals. The second study describes the findings of recent comparison studies on optimal Differential Observing Response (DOR) arrangements for children exhibiting reading deficits. Implications for DOR arrangements to foster coherent stimulus control topographies and methods to individualize reading interventions will be discussed. The final study compares the effectiveness and efficiency of two different training procedures used in matrix training to produce recombination generalization for three children with ASD. A concurrent-operant arrangement procedure was also conducted to determine if participants preferred either teaching procedure. All studies emphasize the implications of their findings and the need for further research in the field of verbal behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): component skills, matrix training, reading deficits, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Participants should have a basic understanding of verbal operants and teaching procedures to increase verbal repertoires.

Learning Objectives: 1. state the four component skills that may be necessary for convergent intraverbals to emerge.
2. Define a differential observing response (DOR) and identify ways to effectively embed DORs during reading instruction.
3. identify a teaching procedure that may most efficiently produce recombinative generalization.
 
A Comparison of Training Different Sequences of Component Skills on the Emergence of Convergent Intraverbals
ADRIENNE JENNINGS (Daemen University), Jason C. Vladescu (SUNY Downstate Health Sciences University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Convergent multiple control occurs when more than one variable strengthens a response; in contrast, divergent multiple control occurs when one variable strengthens more than one response (Michael et al., 2011). The emergence of convergent intraverbals may occur following the training or establishment of four component skills— multiple tact, multiple listener, intraverbal categorization, and listener compound discrimination. Although previous research supports the importance of these component skills to produce convergent intraverbal control, research is needed regarding the sequence in which these component skills are established. The purpose of this experiment was to extend Jennings et al. (2023) by comparing of training of all component skills (multiple tact, multiple listener, intraverbal categorization, listener compound discrimination) consecutively (full component skills group) or a subset of components skills (i.e., multiple tact and listener compound discrimination) trained simultaneously (partial component skills group). The results indicated all participants in the full component skills group and only one participant in the partial component skills group demonstrated the emergence of convergent intraverbals, providing support for the necessity of each component skill. Considerations for training sequences are provided.
 
Efficacy of Differential Observing Response Requirements During Reading Instruction
KATHERINE MILLER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Taylor Lewis (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Alexandria Brown (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Accurate reading requires that a learner differentially respond to low disparity compound textual stimuli. These discriminations may be difficult for early readers, as evidenced by the development of control by limited features of the stimulus (e.g., the first letter of the word). Instructors might attempt to broaden the controlling stimuli by requiring the discrimination of all relevant elements of a target stimulus. Differential observing responses (DOR), which are additional response requirements used to verify attending to relevant features of a stimulus before the target response is emitted, have received recent attention as one method to broaden stimulus control. Several researchers have arranged DORs during discrimination learning tasks, although additional research is needed to determine optimal practices. No prior research has compared the efficacy or efficiency of distinct DOR requirements or methods to embed DORs during specific components of trial-based instruction (e.g., error correction). This presentation will describe the findings of recent comparison studies from our lab on optimal DOR arrangements for children exhibiting reading deficits. Implications for DOR arrangements to foster coherent stimulus control topographies and methods to individualize reading interventions will be discussed.
 

Comparing Teaching Procedures Contributing to Recombinative Generalization Within Matrix Training

LESLEY A. SHAWLER (Southern Illinois University), Kennedy Cloe (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Matrix training is a teaching method that has been used to maximize teaching time for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) by producing recombinative generalization. Recombinative generalization allows individuals to produce and understand novel stimuli, from previously trained stimuli components (e.g., color-shape, noun-preposition, noun-verb combinations) for both vocal and non-vocal individuals. However, the percentage of recombinative generalization individuals produce after matrix training has been found to range from 0% - 94%. With such a wide range, it is difficult to identify what prerequisites or procedural modifications are necessary for recombinative generalization to occur. The primary purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of simultaneous and combination training procedures on recombination generalization for three children with ASD. All three participants demonstrated recombinative generalization with only the simultaneous training procedure. Simultaneous training also required the least amount of training blocks. A concurrent-operant arrangement procedure was also conducted to determine if participants had a preference for either teaching procedure. Participants preferred either the combination or simultaneous procedure and one had no preference. Implications for the findings as it relates to children with communication delays and best teaching practices will be discussed.

 
 
Special Event #463
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Presidential Scholar Address: Unhinging Design from Darwinian and Skinnerian Selection
Monday, May 26, 2025
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Scholar Address: Unhinging Design from Darwinian and Skinnerian Selection

Abstract:

Darwin explained how purposeful and foresightful design could be unhinged from natural selection. Skinner followed suit for selection by reinforcement. These complementary selectionist ideas together with cultural selection now represent the prime pillars of evolutionary thought in biological and behavioral science. 

 
EDWARD WASSERMAN (University of Iowa)
 
Edward Wasserman received his B.A. from UCLA and his Ph.D. from Indiana University. His only academic home has been The University of Iowa, where he is the Stuit Professor Experimental Psychology. He was President of the Comparative Cognition Society as well as President of Divisions 3 (Experimental Psychology), 6 (Behavioral Neuroscience and Comparative Psychology), and 25 (Behavior Analysis) of APA. He is a member of the Society of Experimental Psychologists. And, he has received the Hebb Distinguished Scientific Contribution Award from Division 6 of APA, the Career Research Award from the Comparative Cognition Society, the Distinguished Contributions to Basic Behavioral Research Award from Division 25 of APA, and the Gantt Medal from the Pavlovian Society. He has edited four volumes, including the Oxford Handbook of Comparative Cognition, and he has recently authored, As if by Design: How Creative Behaviors Really Evolve. Wasserman has published extensively in the areas of comparative cognition and perception with support from NSF, NIMH, NEI, NICHD, and HFSP.
 
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}